Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

740
8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 1/740 TSCM60_1 SAP ERP Sales and Distribution I - Part 1 Publication ID:

Transcript of Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

Page 1: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 1/740

TSCM60_1

SAP ERP Salesand

Distribution I -Part 1

Publication ID:

Page 2: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 2/740

Course Overview

Unit 1: Enterprise Structures in Sales and DistributionUnit 2: Overview of Sales Processes

Unit 3: Master Data in Sales and Distribution

Unit 4: Automatic Data Determination and Shipment Scheduling

Unit 5: Collective Processing in Sales and Distribution

Unit 6: Availability Check

Unit 7: Sales Documents - Basic Technical Background

Unit 8: Special Processes in Sales and Distribution

Unit 9: Complaints Processing

Unit 10: Lists and Analytics for Sales and Distribution Processes

Page 3: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 3/740

Unit 11: Enterprise Structures in Sales and Distribution

Unit 12: Sales Order Processing

Page 4: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 4/740

Unit 1: Enterprise Structures in Sales and Distribution

Lesson 1: Using Enterprise Structures for Sales and Distribution in SAP ERP

Lesson 2: Demonstrating the Use of SAP ERP Enterprise Structures

Page 5: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 5/740

Lesson 1: Using Enterprise Structures for Sales andDistribution in SAP ERP

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Explain enterprise structures for sales and distribution processing in SAP ERP

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 6: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 6/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 1: Organizational Units in Sales andDistribution

Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 7: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 7/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 2: Organizational Unit - Company Code Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 8: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 8/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 3: Organizational Unit - Sales Organization Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 9: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 9/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 4: Organizational Unit - DistributionChannel

Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 10: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 10/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 5: Organizational Unit - Division Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 11: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 11/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 6: Organizational Unit - Sales Area Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 12: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 12/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 7: Organizational Units - Plant and StorageLocation

Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 13: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 13/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 8: Organizational Unit - Shipping Point Unit 1 Lesson 1

Page 14: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 14/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures

.If you want to execute certain tasks within sales and distribution processes, you have toknow about the relevant organizational structures. Some of these elements are usedwithin sales and distribution processes only; others are also relevant to other processesand applications.

Name organizational units in Sales and Distribution.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 15: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 15/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures

.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to represent a sales facility or a sales subsidiary?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 16: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 16/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures

.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to represent a means to ship goods to thecustomer (for example, factory sales, wholesale trade, or retail trade)?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 17: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 17/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures

.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to represent different product lines and to groupmaterials (for example, vehicles, accessories, or spare parts)?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 18: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 18/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures

.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to organize and process outbound deliveries atdifferent locations (for example, loading ramp or rail depot)?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 19: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 19/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Identify overall organizational units.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 20: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 20/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.A corporate group can be divided up into several companies or subsidiaries. Which organizational unitcan you use in financial accounting to represent a legal entity and an independent accounting unit inthe system?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 21: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 21/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.In a company, you can manufacture and store materials in different places. Which organizational unitcan you use in the system to represent a production facility or a distribution center?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 22: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 22/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Within a plant, material storage can be divided up according to various locations or rooms. Whichorganizational unit can you use in the system to represent such a location or room?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 23: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 23/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Assignments of organizational units.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 24: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 24/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Which organizational units does a sales area consist of?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 25: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 25/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"A distribution channel can be assigned to multiple salesorganizations. "

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 26: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 26/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"Multiple distribution channels can be assigned to a salesorganization. "

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 U i 1 E i 1

Page 27: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 27/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.To which organizational unit is a sales organization assigned in order to represent the connection ofsales and distribution processes to financial accounting?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 U i 1 E i 1

Page 28: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 28/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"A sales organization can be assigned to multiple companycodes. "

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 U it 1 E i 1

Page 29: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 29/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"Multiple delivering plants can be assigned to a salesorganization. "

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 30: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 30/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.To which organizational unit do you assign a shipping point?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 31: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 31/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"A shipping point can be assigned to multiple plants. "

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 32: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 32/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.To which organizational unit are storage locations assigned?

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

Page 33: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 33/740

Exercise 1: Explain Organizational Structures.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 1

TSCM60 1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 34: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 34/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.If you want to execute certain tasks within sales and distribution processes, you have toknow about the relevant organizational structures. Some of these elements are usedwithin sales and distribution processes only; others are also relevant to other processesand applications.

Name organizational units in Sales and Distribution.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

TSCM60 1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 35: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 35/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to represent a sales facility or a sales subsidiary?.Sales organization

_

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 36: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 36/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to represent a means to ship goods to thecustomer (for example, factory sales, wholesale trade, or retail trade)?.Distribution channel

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 37: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 37/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to represent different product lines and to groupmaterials (for example, vehicles, accessories, or spare parts)?.Division

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 38: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 38/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Which organizational unit can you use in the system to organize and process outbound deliveries atdifferent locations (for example, loading ramp or rail depot)?.Shipping point

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 39: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 39/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Identify overall organizational units.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 40: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 40/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.A corporate group can be divided up into several companies or subsidiaries. Which organizational unitcan you use in financial accounting to represent a legal entity and an independent accounting unit inthe system?.Company code

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 41: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 41/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.In a company, you can manufacture and store materials in different places. Which organizational unitcan you use in the system to represent a production facility or a distribution center?.Plant

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 42: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 42/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Within a plant, material storage can be divided up according to various locations or rooms. Whichorganizational unit can you use in the system to represent such a location or room?.Storage location

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 43: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 43/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Assignments of organizational units.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 44: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 44/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Which organizational units does a sales area consist of?.A sales area consists of one sales organization, one distribution channel, and one division.

Page 45: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 45/740

Page 46: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 46/740

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 47: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 47/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.To which organizational unit is a sales organization assigned in order to represent the connection ofsales and distribution processes to financial accounting?.The sales organization is assigned to a company code.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 48: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 48/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"A sales organization can be assigned to multiple companycodes. "

False

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 49: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 49/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"Multiple delivering plants can be assigned to a salesorganization. "

True

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 50: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 50/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.To which organizational unit do you assign a shipping point?.The shipping point is assigned to a plant.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 51: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 51/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"A shipping point can be assigned to multiple plants. "True

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 52: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 52/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.To which organizational unit are storage locations assigned?.Storage locations are assigned to the plant.

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 1

Page 53: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 53/740

Solution 1: Explain Organizational Structures.

TSCM60_1

Page 54: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 54/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Explain enterprise structures for sales and distribution processing in SAP ERP

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Lesson 2

Page 55: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 55/740

Lesson 2: Demonstrating the Use of SAP ERP EnterpriseStructures

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Use an example company to demonstrate the use of SAP ERP enterprise structures for

sales and distribution

TSCM60_1 Figure 9: Sample Company - Subsidiaries andSales Organizations

Unit 1 Lesson 2

Page 56: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 56/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 10: Sample Company - Sales Areas Unit 1 Lesson 2

Page 57: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 57/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 11: Sample Company - Distribution Unit 1 Lesson 2

Page 58: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 58/740

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 2

Page 59: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 59/740

Exercise 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company.The example company is a globally operating group. It sells materials belonging todifferent product lines (for example, motorcycles and spare parts). These materials aredistributed by several sales facilities using multiple distribution channels.

Organizational structures in the training system

1. In the system, each sales document has to be assigned to exactly one salesorganization. Check which sales organizations exist and make a note of threeexamples whose names include USA .

Hint:You can get a list of the sales organizations in the transaction for creating salesorders. The transaction can be found using the following menu path: Logistics >Sales and Distribution > Sales > Order > Create.

____________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 2

Page 60: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 60/740

Exercise 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.________________________________________________________________________________________

2. Now check which distribution channels are assigned to sales organization 1000.Write down three examples.

Hint:You can check this on the entry screen of the transaction for creating salesorders too.

____________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Exercise 2

Page 61: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 61/740

Exercise 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.3. Now check which divisions exist for sales organization 1000 and for distribution

channel 12. Write down three examples.

Hint:Use the entry screen of the transaction for creating of sales orders again.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 2

Page 62: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 62/740

Solution 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.The example company is a globally operating group. It sells materials belonging todifferent product lines (for example, motorcycles and spare parts). These materials aredistributed by several sales facilities using multiple distribution channels.

Organizational structures in the training system

1. In the system, each sales document has to be assigned to exactly one salesorganization. Check which sales organizations exist and make a note of threeexamples whose names include USA .

Hint:You can get a list of the sales organizations in the transaction for creating salesorders. The transaction can be found using the following menu path: Logistics >Sales and Distribution > Sales > Order > Create.

____________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 2

Page 63: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 63/740

Solution 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.________________________________________________________________________________________

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Place the cursor on the input field for the sales organization and display thepossible values using the F4 help.

c) Some examples of sales organizations in the USA are:

Sales organization Text

3000 USA Philadelphia3020 USA DenverR300 Retail USA

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 2

Page 64: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 64/740

Solution 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.Sales organization Text

S300 Services USA

2. Now check which distribution channels are assigned to sales organization 1000.Write down three examples.

Hint:You can check this on the entry screen of the transaction for creating salesorders too.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 2

Page 65: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 65/740

Solution 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter sales organization 1000 in the corresponding field.

c) Place the cursor on the input field for the distribution channel and display the

possible values using the F4 help.

d) Valid values for distribution channels that are assigned to sales organization1000:

Distribution channel Text

01 Direct sales

10 Final customer sales12 Sold for resale

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 2

Page 66: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 66/740

Solution 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.Distribution channel Text

14 Service16 Factory sales

3. Now check which divisions exist for sales organization 1000 and for distributionchannel 12. Write down three examples.

Hint:Use the entry screen of the transaction for creating of sales orders again.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 2

Page 67: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 67/740

Solution 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter sales organization 1000 and distribution channel 12 on the entry screen.

c) Place the cursor on the input field for the division and display the possible

values using the F4 help.

d) Some examples of divisions assigned to sales organization 1000 anddistribution channel 12:

Division Text

00 Cross-division

02 Motorcycles04 Lighting

TSCM60_1 Unit 1 Solution 2

Page 68: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 68/740

Solution 2: Check the Organizational Structures for Sales andDistribution of an Example Company

.Division Text

07 High tech08 Service10 Vehicles

TSCM60_1

Page 69: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 69/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Use an example company to demonstrate the use of SAP ERP enterprisestructures for sales and distribution

Unit 2: Overview of Sales Processes

Page 70: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 70/740

Lesson 1: Executing Sales and Distribution Processes

Lesson 2: Processing Sales Documents

Lesson 3: Processing Outbound Deliveries

Lesson 4: Shipping Goods

Lesson 5: Processing Billing Documents

Page 71: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 71/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 12: Presales Activities Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 72: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 72/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 13: Sales Order Processing Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 73: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 73/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 14: Procurement Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 74: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 74/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 15: Shipping Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 75: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 75/740

Page 76: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 76/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 17: Payment Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 77: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 77/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 18: Process overview Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 78: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 78/740

Procedure: To execute sales and distribution processes

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 79: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 79/740

Procedure: To execute sales and distribution processesTo execute a sales and distribution process from the sales order to the billing document,

you could perform the following steps:1. Create the sales order using transaction VA01.

2. Create the outbound delivery with reference to the sales order using transactionVL01N.

3. Create the transfer order using transaction LT03.

4. Post the goods issue for the outbound delivery using transaction VL02N.

5. Create the billing document using transaction VF01.

Note:

The transactions mentioned are only examples. The system offers many more transactions tocreate the particular documents within a sales and distribution process (for example,collective processing).

TSCM60_1 Figure 19: Document Flow in the System Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 80: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 80/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 20: Document Flow at Item Level Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 81: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 81/740

Procedure: To use the document flow to monitor a sales and

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Lesson 1

Page 82: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 82/740

distribution process

To view the document flow of a particular sales and distribution process, you can startfrom any document. If you start with the sales order, you can perform the following steps:

1. Start the transaction to display (VA03) or change (VA02) the sales order.

2. Enter the order number in the corresponding field.

3. Call the document flow by choosing Environment > Display document flow .

The way to display the document flow from the other documents (for example, thedelivery or billing document) is very similar.

Summary

TSCM60_1

Page 83: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 83/740

yYou should now be able to:

● Explain the sales and distribution process flow● Explain the usage of the document flow within sales and distribution processes

Lesson 2: Processing Sales Documents

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Lesson 2

Page 84: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 84/740

g

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create a sales order

● Display a sales order

TSCM60_1 Figure 21: Creating an Order Unit 2 Lesson 2

Page 85: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 85/740

Exercise 3: Create a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 3

Page 86: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 86/740

.In many cases, the sales process begins with the customer ordering materials from youand telling you his requested delivery date. Using this information, you can enter a salesorder.

1. Create a standard order using the following information:

Field name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-To Party T-S50A##

Purchase Order Number 4-2##Requested Delivery Date in 10 days

Exercise 3: Create a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 3

Page 87: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 87/740

.Save the order and write down the document number.____________________________________________

Page 88: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 88/740

Solution 3: Create a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 3

Page 89: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 89/740

.Save the order and write down the document number.____________________________________________

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the values for the order type, sales organization, distribution channel,

and division on the initial screen of the transaction.c) Press ENTER to navigate to the order details.

d) Enter the sold-to party, purchase order number, and requested delivery dateon the overview screen.

e) Press ENTER to confirm your entries.

f) Enter the material data.

Solution 3: Create a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 3

Page 90: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 90/740

. g) Press ENTER to confirm your entries.

h) Choose Sales document > Save . The document number is assigned internallyby the system.

i) Close the transaction and return to the SAP Easy Access menu.

TSCM60_1 Figure 22: Sales Document Structure Unit 2 Lesson 2

Page 91: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 91/740

Page 92: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 92/740

Exercise 4: Display a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 4

Page 93: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 93/740

.____________________________________________

5. What is the overall processing status for the sales order?____________________________________________

Solution 4: Display a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 4

Page 94: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 94/740

.Display an existing sales order to familiarize yourself with the structure of a salesdocument.

1. Display the sales order you entered previously. Write down the payment terms ofthe sales order header.____________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Display .

b) On the initial screen of the transaction, enter the number of the sales order youcreated previously.

c) Press ENTER.

d) The value of the payment terms is ZB 1 . You can find it on the Sales tab page.

2. From which plant will item 10 be delivered?____________________________________________

Solution 4: Display a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 4

Page 95: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 95/740

.a) You can find the corresponding plant on the right-hand side of the Sales tab

page, or on the Procurement tab page. The plant for item 10 is 1 .

3. What is the net price for item 10 and item 20?

Item Net price

10

20

a) You can find the net price per item by scrolling to the right on the Sales tabpage.

4. What is the delivery date in the schedule line for item 10?____________________________________________

a) Double-click on item 10 to reach the item details.

Solution 4: Display a sales order

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 4

Page 96: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 96/740

.b) On the Schedule lines tab page, you can find the delivery date for the schedule

line. It corresponds to the requested delivery date of the order, which is in 1days .

5. What is the overall processing status for the sales order?____________________________________________

a) Position the cursor on a header field of the sales order, for example, the ordernumber.

b) Choose Environment > Display document flow .

c) The status of the sales order is open , since no follow-up document has beencreated so far.

SummaryY h ld b bl t

TSCM60_1

Page 97: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 97/740

You should now be able to:

● Create a sales order● Display a sales order

Page 98: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 98/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 23: Creating an Outbound Delivery Unit 2 Lesson 3

Page 99: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 99/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 24: Structure of Delivery Documents Unit 2 Lesson 3

Page 100: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 100/740

Exercise 5: Create an outbound delivery

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 5

Page 101: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 101/740

.Outbound deliveries are the basic documents for planning and executing the variousshipping activities within sales and distribution processes. You will now create anoutbound delivery with reference to an existing sales order.

1. Create an outbound delivery with reference to a sales order using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##Selection date in 20 daysOrder Order that you used in the previous

exercise

2. Switch to the Picking tab page and record the delivery quantity and pickingquantity for the two items.

Exercise 5: Create an outbound delivery

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 5

Page 102: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 102/740

.Item Delivery quantity Picked quantity

10

20

3. Save the outbound delivery and record the document number.____________________________________________

4. What is the overall processing status for the sales order?

Hint:You will find the overall processing status in the outbound delivery documentflow.

____________________________________________

5. What is the overall processing status of the outbound delivery?

Exercise 5: Create an outbound delivery.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 5

Page 103: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 103/740

.____________________________________________

6. Before the materials leave the plant and the goods issue is posted, display thestock situation for material T-AS1## in plant 1000.

Hint:Open a new session to trace the stocks during the next exercises.

Record how many pieces are in unrestricted use.____________________________________________

Solution 5: Create an outbound delivery.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 5

Page 104: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 104/740

.Outbound deliveries are the basic documents for planning and executing the variousshipping activities within sales and distribution processes. You will now create anoutbound delivery with reference to an existing sales order.

1. Create an outbound delivery with reference to a sales order using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##Selection date in 20 daysOrder Order that you used in the previous

exercise

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

Solution 5: Create an outbound delivery.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 5

Page 105: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 105/740

b) Enter the shipping point, the selection date, and the order number on the initialscreen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to navigate to the document.

2. Switch to the Picking tab page and record the delivery quantity and pickingquantity for the two items.

Item Delivery quantity Picked quantity

10

20

a) Select the Picking tab page. The correct values are:

3. Save the outbound delivery and record the document number.____________________________________________

Page 106: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 106/740

Solution 5: Create an outbound delivery.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 5

Page 107: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 107/740

5. What is the overall processing status of the outbound delivery?____________________________________________

a) You can also see the status of the outbound delivery within the document flow.The status of the delivery is open .

6. Before the materials leave the plant and the goods issue is posted, display thestock situation for material T-AS1## in plant 1000.

Hint:Open a new session to trace the stocks during the next exercises.

Record how many pieces are in unrestricted use.____________________________________________

a) Start a new session.

Solution 5: Create an outbound delivery.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 5

Page 108: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 108/740

b) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > Stock Overview .

c) Enter the selection criteria and choose Execute or press F8 .

d) There are 1 pieces in unrestricted use in plant 1000.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

TSCM60_1

Page 109: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 109/740

Create an outbound delivery

Lesson 4: Shipping Goods

Lesson Objectives

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Lesson 4

Page 110: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 110/740

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Pick goods

● Post goods issue

TSCM60_1 Figure 25: Picking Unit 2 Lesson 4

Page 111: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 111/740

Exercise 6: Pick goods.B f h d i h di i l h b i k d f

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 6

Page 112: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 112/740

Before you can post the goods issue, the corresponding materials have to be picked fromthe warehouse. You now create a transfer order to realize the picking in SAP ERP.

1. Create a transfer order for an outbound delivery using the following information:Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010Delivery Delivery that you created in the

preceding exerciseForeground/Background Background

Record the transfer order number.____________________________________________

2. Display the outbound delivery and check the picked quantities.

Exercise 6: Pick goods.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 6

Page 113: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 113/740

Item Picked quantity

10

20

Solution 6: Pick goods.B f t th g d i th di g t i l h t b i k d f

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 6

Page 114: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 114/740

Before you can post the goods issue, the corresponding materials have to be picked from

the warehouse. You now create a transfer order to realize the picking in SAP ERP.

1. Create a transfer order for an outbound delivery using the following information:

Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010Delivery Delivery that you created in the

preceding exerciseForeground/Background Background

Record the transfer order number.____________________________________________

Solution 6: Pick goods.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 6

Page 115: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 115/740

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Shipping and Transportation > Picking > Create Transfer Order > SingleDocument .

b) Enter the field values listed above and press ENTER.

c) The transfer order is created and the document number is displayed at thebottom of the screen.

2. Display the outbound delivery and check the picked quantities.

Item Picked quantity

10

20

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Display .

Solution 6: Pick goods.

b) Select the Picking tab page The picked quantities are:

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 6

Page 116: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 116/740

b) Select the Picking tab page. The picked quantities are:

Item Picked quantity10 1020 20

TSCM60_1 Figure 26: Posting Goods Issue Unit 2 Lesson 4

Page 117: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 117/740

Exercise 7: Post goods issue.You post the goods issue to document that the material has left the plant and to update

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 7

Page 118: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 118/740

You post the goods issue to document that the material has left the plant and to update

the stock and corresponding values.

1. Post the goods issue for the outbound delivery that you used in the precedingexercise.

2. Once the materials have left the plant and the goods issue has been posted,display the stocks for material T-AS1## in plant 1000 again.

Hint:Switch to your second session where the stock overview is still open, and chooseRefresh . If you have closed the second session, choose Logistics > MaterialsManagement > Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > Stock Overview .

Record how many pieces are still available for unrestricted use.____________________________________________

Exercise 7: Post goods issue.

3. What is the overall processing status for the outbound delivery?

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 7

Page 119: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 119/740

3. What is the overall processing status for the outbound delivery?

____________________________________________

4. Which documents assigned to the outbound delivery can you see in the documentflow?________________________________________________________________________________________

5. Why is the status of the outbound delivery still Being processed ?________________________________________________________________________________________

Solution 7: Post goods issue.You post the goods issue to document that the material has left the plant and to update

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 7

Page 120: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 120/740

You post the goods issue to document that the material has left the plant and to update

the stock and corresponding values.1. Post the goods issue for the outbound delivery that you used in the preceding

exercise.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Post Goods Issue > Outbound Delivery Single

Document .b) Enter the number of the relevant outbound delivery and choose Post Goods

Issue .

2. Once the materials have left the plant and the goods issue has been posted,display the stocks for material T-AS1## in plant 1000 again.

Page 121: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 121/740

Solution 7: Post goods issue.

b) Enter the number of the outbound delivery.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 7

Page 122: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 122/740

) y

c) Choose Environment > Document Flow . The status of the outbound delivery isBeing processed .

4. Which documents assigned to the outbound delivery can you see in the documentflow?________________________________________________________________________________________

a) You will find the transfer order for picking and the material document of thegoods issue listed in the document flow.

5. Why is the status of the outbound delivery still Being processed ?________________________________________________________________________________________

Solution 7: Post goods issue.

a) The subsequent billing document has not yet been created for the outbound

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 7

Page 123: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 123/740

delivery. Where the processes are relevant for billing, the document retains thestatus In process until the billing document is created.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Pick goods

TSCM60_1

Page 124: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 124/740

● Pick goods

● Post goods issue

Lesson 5: Processing Billing Documents

Lesson Objectives

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Lesson 5

Page 125: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 125/740

After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create a billing document

● Post an incoming payment

TSCM60_1 Figure 27: Creating a Billing Document Unit 2 Lesson 5

Page 126: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 126/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 28: Billing Document Structure Unit 2 Lesson 5

Page 127: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 127/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 29: Effects of Billing Document Unit 2 Lesson 5

Page 128: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 128/740

Exercise 8: Create a billing document.You create a billing document with reference to an outbound delivery to invoice the

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 8

Page 129: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 129/740

relevant amounts to the customer.1. Create the billing document for the outbound delivery from the previous task.

Write down the document number. ____________________________________________

2. In the billing document header, check to which company code the data has beenposted in Financial Accounting.

____________________________________________3. Display the accounting document for the billing document, and write down the

accounts to which postings have been made.________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________

Exercise 8: Create a billing document.

4. Display the document flow for the billing document. What is the overall processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 8

Page 130: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 130/740

status for the outbound delivery?____________________________________________

5. What is the overall processing status for the accounting document?____________________________________________

Solution 8: Create a billing document.You create a billing document with reference to an outbound delivery to invoice the

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 8

Page 131: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 131/740

relevant amounts to the customer.1. Create the billing document for the outbound delivery from the previous task.

Write down the document number. ____________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Create .

b) Enter the number of the outbound delivery in the Document field (the systemmay propose the number automatically) and choose Billing Document > Save .

c) The document number is assigned internally by the system and displayed atthe bottom of the screen.

2. In the billing document header, check to which company code the data has beenposted in Financial Accounting.____________________________________________

Solution 8: Create a billing document.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 8

Page 132: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 132/740

Billing > Billing Document > Display .b) Enter the number of the billing document in the corresponding field and press

ENTER.

c) Choose Goto > Header > Header .

d) The corresponding company code 1 is displayed on the tab page.

3. Display the accounting document for the billing document, and write down theaccounts to which postings have been made.________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________a) From the billing document, choose Goto > Accounting overview .

Solution 8: Create a billing document.

b) In the dialog box, double-click the accounting document.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 8

Page 133: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 133/740

c) Postings have been made to the following accounts: customer accountMotomarket Heidelberg (account T-S5 A## ), domestic sales revenue peritem (account 8 ), and output tax (account 175 ).

4. Display the document flow for the billing document. What is the overall processingstatus for the outbound delivery?

____________________________________________a) From the billing document, choose Environment > Display document flow .

b) The status of the outbound delivery is Completed .

5. What is the overall processing status for the accounting document?

____________________________________________a) Within the document flow of the billing document, you can see that the status

of the accounting document is Not cleared .

TSCM60_1 Figure 30: Incoming Payment Unit 2 Lesson 5

Page 134: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 134/740

Exercise 9: Post incoming payment.When the customer has paid the invoice you can post the corresponding incoming

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 9

Page 135: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 135/740

payment.1. First, reproduce the invoiced amount that the customer had to pay. The customer

has paid punctually and, therefore, justifiably claimed the cash discount. Make anote of the respective pricing conditions that you can find in the billing documentheader:Name of pricing condition Condition value

Price

Output Tax

Cash Discount

2. Post the incoming payment using the following information:Field Name Value

Document Date today's date

Exercise 9: Post incoming payment.

Field Name Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Exercise 9

Page 136: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 136/740

Company Code 1000Posting Date today's dateCurrency EURAccount (Bank data) 100009Amount 1,280.40

Account (Open item selection) T-S50A##

3. Finally, display the document flow for the billing document again.What is the overall processing status for the accounting document?____________________________________________

Solution 9: Post incoming payment.When the customer has paid the invoice you can post the corresponding incoming

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 9

Page 137: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 137/740

payment.1. First, reproduce the invoiced amount that the customer had to pay. The customer

has paid punctually and, therefore, justifiably claimed the cash discount. Make anote of the respective pricing conditions that you can find in the billing documentheader:

Name of pricing condition Condition value

Price

Output Tax

Cash Discount

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Display .

Solution 9: Post incoming payment.

b) Enter the number of the billing document and press ENTER.

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 9

Page 138: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 138/740

c) Choose Goto > Header > Pricing conditions header .

d) Here you can find the corresponding values:

Name of pricing condition Condition value

Price EUR 1,200.00

Output Tax EUR 120.00Cash Discount EUR 39.60

2. Post the incoming payment using the following information:

Field Name Value

Document Date today's dateCompany Code 1000

Solution 9: Post incoming payment.

Field Name Value

i d d

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 9

Page 139: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 139/740

Posting Date today's dateCurrency EURAccount (Bank data) 100009Amount 1,280.40Account (Open item selection) T-S50A##

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Accounting > Financial Accounting > Accounts Receivable > Document entry > Incoming Payments .

b) Enter the listed field values and press ENTER.

c) Choose Document > Post .

3. Finally, display the document flow for the billing document again.What is the overall processing status for the accounting document?

Solution 9: Post incoming payment.

____________________________________________

) F h SAP E A h L i i S l d Di ib i

TSCM60_1 Unit 2 Solution 9

Page 140: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 140/740

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Display .

b) Enter the number of the billing document and choose Environment > Displaydocument flow .

c) The status of the accounting document is Cleared .

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create a billing document

TSCM60_1

Page 141: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 141/740

● Post an incoming payment

Unit 3: Master Data in Sales and Distribution

Lesson 1: Maintaining Customer Master Data

Lesson 2: Maintaining Material Master Data

Page 142: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 142/740

Lesson 3: Maintaining Customer-Material Info Records

Lesson 4: Maintaining Condition Master Data for Pricing

Lesson 5: Master Data - Explaining Additional Topics

Lesson 1: Maintaining Customer Master Data

Lesson Objectives

After completing this lesson you will be able to:

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Lesson 1

Page 143: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 143/740

After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create customer master data

● Change customer master data

TSCM60_1 Figure 31: Origin of Data in Sales Documents Unit 3 Lesson 1

Page 144: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 144/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 32: Structure of Customer Master Data Unit 3 Lesson 1

Page 145: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 145/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 33: Customer Master Sales Area Data Unit 3 Lesson 1

Page 146: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 146/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 34: Partner Functions in the CustomerMaster

Unit 3 Lesson 1

Page 147: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 147/740

Exercise 10: Create Customer Master Data.A new customer wants to place an order and buy some materials. Therefore, you create amaster record for the customer.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 10

Page 148: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 148/740

1. Create the customer master record using the following information:Field Name Value

Account group 0001 Sold-to partyCustomer (number) 234##

Company code 1000Sales organization 1000Distribution channel 12Division 00

Address data:

Exercise 10: Create Customer Master Data.

Field Name Value

Name Miller

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 10

Page 149: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 149/740

Name MillerSearch term SCM600-##Street Main Street 12Postal code 20111City Hamburg

Country GermanyTransportation zone Region NorthLanguage Language of the course

Control data:

Page 150: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 150/740

Page 151: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 151/740

Solution 10: Create Customer Master Data.A new customer wants to place an order and buy some materials. Therefore, you create amaster record for the customer.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 10

Page 152: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 152/740

1. Create the customer master record using the following information:

Field Name Value

Account group 0001 Sold-to partyCustomer (number) 234##

Company code 1000Sales organization 1000Distribution channel 12Division 00

Address data:

Solution 10: Create Customer Master Data.

Field Name Value

Name Miller

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 10

Page 153: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 153/740

Search term SCM600-##Street Main Street 12Postal code 20111City Hamburg

Country GermanyTransportation zone Region NorthLanguage Language of the course

Control data:

Solution 10: Create Customer Master Data.

Field Name Value

VAT Reg. No. DE##1234567

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 10

Page 154: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 154/740

Company code data:Field Name Value

Reconciliation account 140000

Sales area data:Field Name Value

Customer group Trading CompaniesShipping condition ## Standard (corresponds to screen

number + 50)

Delivering plant 1000Incoterms CFR Hamburg

Solution 10: Create Customer Master Data.

Field Name Value

Terms of payment ZB00 Payable immediately due netl f bl f

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 10

Page 155: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 155/740

Tax classification Liable for tax

Save the customer master record.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Create > Complete .

b) On the initial screen, enter the account group, the customer number, and therelevant organizational units.

c) Press ENTER to call the detailed screens.

d) Maintain the data as listed and save the customer master record.

2. For the previously created customer master record, write down which values aremaintained for the mandatory partner functions.

Solution 10: Create Customer Master Data.

Field Name Value

Sold-to partyh

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 10

Page 156: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 156/740

Ship-to party

Bill-to party

Payer

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Display > Sales and Distribution .

b) Enter the customer number and the relevant sales area (the fields shouldalready be filled automatically).

c) Press ENTER to call the customer master record.

d) Choose Goto > Sales area data .

Solution 10: Create Customer Master Data.

e) Find the relevant values on the Partner Functions tab page.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 10

Page 157: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 157/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 35: Effects of Customer Master DataChanges

Unit 3 Lesson 1

Page 158: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 158/740

Exercise 11: Enhance a Customer Master Record.A customer informs you that an additional ship-to party is required for future deliveries.To facilitate order processing, you store the additional ship-to party in the customermaster of the sold-to party. Then you create a sales order for your customer.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 11

Page 159: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 159/740

1. Change the customer master record of the sold-to party from the previousexercise. In the sales area data, add another ship-to party using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Customer 234##Sales organization 1000Distribution channel 12Division 00Additional ship-to party T-S50B##

2. Create a sales order for the customer using the following information:

Exercise 11: Enhance a Customer Master Record.

Field Name Value

Order type ORSales organization 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 11

Page 160: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 160/740

Sales organization 1000Distribution channel 12Division 00Sold-to party 234##

Ship-to party T-S50B##Purchase order number 5-411Requested delivery date In 10 days

3. In the sales order, the system proposes the Incoterms that are maintained in the

customer master record. However, for this order, the Incoterms FOB Hamburgshould apply. Change the Incoterms accordingly.

Exercise 11: Enhance a Customer Master Record.

4. Does the change affect the customer master record?____________________________________________

5 Save the order and write down the order number

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 11

Page 161: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 161/740

5. Save the order and write down the order number.____________________________________________

Solution 11: Enhance a Customer Master Record.A customer informs you that an additional ship-to party is required for future deliveries.To facilitate order processing, you store the additional ship-to party in the customermaster of the sold-to party. Then you create a sales order for your customer.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 11

Page 162: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 162/740

1. Change the customer master record of the sold-to party from the previousexercise. In the sales area data, add another ship-to party using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Customer 234##Sales organization 1000Distribution channel 12Division 00Additional ship-to party T-S50B##

Solution 11: Enhance a Customer Master Record.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Change > Sales and Distribution .

b) Enter the customer number and the organizational data on the initial screen.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 11

Page 163: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 163/740

) g

c) Press ENTER to call the customer master record.

d) Choose Goto > Sales area data .

e) Add the additional ship-to party on the Partner Functions tab page.f) Save the master record.

2. Create a sales order for the customer using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order type ORSales organization 1000

Solution 11: Enhance a Customer Master Record.

Field Name Value

Distribution channel 12Division 00

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 11

Page 164: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 164/740

Sold-to party 234##Ship-to party T-S50B##Purchase order number 5-411

Requested delivery date In 10 days

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Fill the relevant fields on the initial screen and press ENTER to call the sales

order.c) Maintain the information as listed above.

Solution 11: Enhance a Customer Master Record.

3. In the sales order, the system proposes the Incoterms that are maintained in thecustomer master record. However, for this order, the Incoterms FOB Hamburgshould apply. Change the Incoterms accordingly.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 11

Page 165: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 165/740

a) Change the Incoterms on the Sales tab page.

4. Does the change affect the customer master record?____________________________________________

a) No. The data that is copied from the customer master into the order can beoverwritten, if necessary. The customer master record remains unchanged.

5. Save the order and write down the order number.____________________________________________

a) Choose Sales document > Save .

Exercise 12: Change a Customer Master Record.Some data has to be changed for a particular customer. You make the changes in thecustomer master record and check the consequences for the existing sales orders.

1. Change a customer master record using the following information:

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 12

Page 166: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 166/740

Field Name Value

Customer 234##Sales organization 1000

Distribution channel 12Division 00

Data to be changed:Field Name Value

Street Sun Street 43

Exercise 12: Change a Customer Master Record.

Field Name Value

Terms of payment ZB02

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 12

Page 167: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 167/740

2. Save your changes.

3. Check the address of the sold-to party in the sales order that you createdpreviously. Did it change after you changed the customer master record?____________________________________________

4. Check the payment terms in the sales order. Did they change after you changedthe customer master?____________________________________________

Solution 12: Change a Customer Master Record.Some data has to be changed for a particular customer. You make the changes in thecustomer master record and check the consequences for the existing sales orders.

1. Change a customer master record using the following information:

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 12

Page 168: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 168/740

Field Name Value

Customer 234##Sales organization 1000

Distribution channel 12Division 00

Data to be changed:Field Name Value

Street Sun Street 43

Solution 12: Change a Customer Master Record.

Field Name Value

Terms of payment ZB02

) F h SAP E A h L i i S l d Di ib i

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 12

Page 169: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 169/740

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Change > Sales and Distribution .

b) Enter the customer number and the organizational data on the entry screen ofthe transaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the master record.

d) The field values can be changed on the following tab pages:

Field Name Area Tab page

Street General data Address

Solution 12: Change a Customer Master Record.

Field Name Area Tab page

Terms of payment Sales area data Billing Documents

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 12

Page 170: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 170/740

2. Save your changes.

a) Choose Customer > Save .

3. Check the address of the sold-to party in the sales order that you created

previously. Did it change after you changed the customer master record?____________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Display .

b) Enter the order number and press ENTER to call the order details.

c) You can find the address on the overview screen of the order. It has changed inaccordance with the customer master data.

Solution 12: Change a Customer Master Record.

4. Check the payment terms in the sales order. Did they change after you changedthe customer master?____________________________________________

) I th l d fi d th t t th i f th

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 12

Page 171: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 171/740

a) In the sales order, you find the payment terms on the overview screen of theorder. They have not changed. The new terms of payment in the customermaster only become effective when you create new sales orders. If required,you would have to change them manually in the existing sales order.

Page 172: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 172/740

Exercise 13: Display a Customer Master Record.

4. How can you display a list of orders for the customer from the customer master?________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 13

Page 173: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 173/740

5. Can you maintain various addresses for the sold-to party in multiple companycodes in the customer master record?____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Solution 13: Display a Customer Master Record.Display the previously entered customer master record for customer Miller.

1. How can you check the sales areas for which the customer record has beenmaintained in the system?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 13

Page 174: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 174/740

________________________________________________________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Display > Sales and Distribution .

b) Enter the customer number.

c) Choose Customer’s sales areas .

2. How can you check when and by whom the customer master was created in thesystem?________________________________________________________________________________________

Solution 13: Display a Customer Master Record.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Display > Complete .

b) Enter the customer number and press ENTER to call the master record.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 13

Page 175: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 175/740

c) Choose Extras > Administrative Data.

3. How can you check how, when, and by whom which fields in the customer masterwere changed in the system?

________________________________________________________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Display > Complete .

b) Enter the customer number and press ENTER to call the master record.

Page 176: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 176/740

Solution 13: Display a Customer Master Record.

c) Choose Environment > List Documents > Orders.

d) Enter the selection criteria and press ENTER.5. Can you maintain various addresses for the sold-to party in multiple company

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 13

Page 177: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 177/740

codes in the customer master record?________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________a) No. The address of the sold-to party is maintained independently of the

organizational units.

Page 178: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 178/740

Lesson 2: Maintaining Material Master Data

Lesson Objectives

After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create material master data

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Lesson 2

Page 179: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 179/740

● Create material master data

● Explain division-specific and cross-division sales

TSCM60_1 Figure 36: Material Master Data Unit 3 Lesson 2

Page 180: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 180/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 37: Material Master Data for Sales and

Distribution

Unit 3 Lesson 2

Page 181: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 181/740

Exercise 14: Create a Material Master Record.You have added a new material to your product range and create the correspondingmaterial master record. You also want to post goods receipts to the stock for this

material, and sell it using a sales order.

1. The new material is a headlight, similar to the existing material T-AS1## . To make

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 14

Page 182: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 182/740

1. The new material is a headlight, similar to the existing material T AS1## . To makeit easier to enter data for the new material master record, you can use the materialT-AS1## as a reference.Create the new material master record using the following data (apart from this

data, the material has the same features as those proposed by the system for thereference material T-AS1##).

Note:Maintain the views Basic Data 1 , Sales:Sales Org. Data 1 , Sales: General/PlantData , Sales Text and Accounting 1 .

Exercise 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name Value

Material (leave the field empty)Industry sector RetailMaterial type Trading goods

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 14

Page 183: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 183/740

Material type Trading goodsCopy from material T-AS1##Plant 1000Sales organization 1000Distribution channel 12

Hint:Use the listed organizational units for the reference material too.

Exercise 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name Value

Material description (short text) Headlight 'Simple'Minimum order quantity 10 piecesMinimum delivery quantity 5 pieces

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 14

Page 184: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 184/740

y q y pSales price EUR 20 per piece

Hint:You can navigate to the price master record by choosing Conditions on the Sales:Sales Org. 1 tab page.

Field Name Value

Sales text 'Material is fragile!'

Price control S

Exercise 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name ValueStandard price 10

2. Save the material master record and write down the material number.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 14

Page 185: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 185/740

____________________________________________

3. You are informed that some pieces have already been delivered for the newheadlight. Post the corresponding goods receipt using the following information:Field Name Value

Movement type 561Plant 1000Storage Location 0001Material Number of your new material

Exercise 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name ValueQuantity 200

Hi t

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 14

Page 186: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 186/740

Hint:Choose the menu path Logistics > Materials Management > InventoryManagement > Goods Movement > Goods Receipt > Other to post the goods issue.

4. A customer orders the new material. Create the corresponding sales order usingthe following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12

Exercise 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name ValueDivision 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 5-1311

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 14

Page 187: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 187/740

Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial Number of your new materialOrder quantity 10 pieces

5. Save the order and write down the order number._____________________________________

6. You want to sell your materials through several sales organizations. Is it possible tomaintain multiple sales units in the material master according to the salesorganization and the distribution channel?__________________________________________________________

Exercise 14: Create a Material Master Record.

7. You want to deliver your materials from various plants. Is it possible to maintainmultiple loading groups in the material master according to the plant?

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 14

Page 188: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 188/740

8. Is it possible to maintain multiple minimum order quantities in the material masteraccording to the division?__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.You have added a new material to your product range and create the correspondingmaterial master record. You also want to post goods receipts to the stock for this

material, and sell it using a sales order.

1. The new material is a headlight, similar to the existing material T-AS1## . To make

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 189: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 189/740

it easier to enter data for the new material master record, you can use the materialT-AS1## as a reference.Create the new material master record using the following data (apart from this

data, the material has the same features as those proposed by the system for thereference material T-AS1##).

Note:Maintain the views Basic Data 1 , Sales:Sales Org. Data 1 , Sales: General/PlantData , Sales Text and Accounting 1 .

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name Value

Material (leave the field empty)Industry sector RetailMaterial type Trading goods

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 190: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 190/740

Copy from material T-AS1##Plant 1000Sales organization 1000Distribution channel 12

Hint:Use the listed organizational units for the reference material too.

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name Value

Material description (short text) Headlight 'Simple'Minimum order quantity 10 piecesMinimum delivery quantity 5 pieces

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 191: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 191/740

Sales price EUR 20 per piece

Hint:You can navigate to the price master record by choosing Conditions on the Sales:Sales Org. 1 tab page.

Field Name Value

Sales text 'Material is fragile!'

Price control S

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name Value

Standard price 10

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Products > Material > Trading Goods > Create.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 192: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 192/740

Master Data Products Material Trading Goods Create.

b) Enter the industry sector and the number for the reference material.

c) Press ENTER to call the view selection.

d) Select the relevant views.

e) Press ENTER to call the Organizational Levels dialog box.

f) Enter the relevant organizational units and include them in the Copy from areatoo.

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

g) Press ENTER to call the selected views of the material master record.

h) Maintain the field values as listed in the exercise.

2. Save the material master record and write down the material number.____________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 193: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 193/740

____________________________________________

a) In the material master record, choose Save . The material number is assignedinternally by the system.

3. You are informed that some pieces have already been delivered for the newheadlight. Post the corresponding goods receipt using the following information:

Field Name Value

Movement type 561Plant 1000

Storage Location 0001

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name Value

Material Number of your new materialQuantity 200

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 194: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 194/740

Hint:Choose the menu path Logistics > Materials Management > InventoryManagement > Goods Movement > Goods Receipt > Other to post the goods issue.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Goods Movement > Goods Receipt > Other .

b) Enter the movement type, the plant, and the storage location on the initialscreen of the transaction.

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

c) Press ENTER to call the screen where you can enter the materials andquantities for the goods receipt.

d) Enter the material number and the quantity.

e) Choose Post .

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 195: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 195/740

4. A customer orders the new material. Create the corresponding sales order usingthe following information:

Field Name ValueOrder Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

Sold-to party T-S50A##

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

Field Name Value

Purchase order number 5-1311Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial Number of your new material

d

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 196: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 196/740

Order quantity 10 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Create .b) Maintain the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant data.

5. Save the order and write down the order number.

Page 197: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 197/740

Solution 14: Create a Material Master Record.

a) Yes. In the material master, there are various ways to maintain multiple fields,such as the loading group, depending on the plant.

8. Is it possible to maintain multiple minimum order quantities in the material masteraccording to the division?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 14

Page 198: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 198/740

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) No. It is not possible to maintain field values in the material master data

depending on the division. A division can be uniquely assigned to a material.

Page 199: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 199/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 39: Division-Specific Sales Unit 3 Lesson 2

Page 200: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 200/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create material master data

● Explain division-specific and cross-division sales

TSCM60_1

Page 201: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 201/740

Lesson 3: Maintaining Customer-Material Info Records

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create a customer-material info record

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Lesson 3

Page 202: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 202/740

Page 203: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 203/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 41: Order Entry Using Customer-MaterialInfo Records

Unit 3 Lesson 3

Page 204: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 204/740

Exercise 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.Some major customers usually order materials using their own material numbers. Tofacilitate sales order processing, you use the customer-material information master data.

1. One of your major customers orders materials using their own material numbers.Create a customer-material info record using the following data:Field Name Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 15

Page 205: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 205/740

Customer T-S50A##Sales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Material number T-AS1##Customer material number K-4711-##Customer material description Headlight 4711

2. The customer now places an order for the first time using their own materialnumber. Create the corresponding sales order using the following information:

Exercise 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.

Field Name Value

Order Type OR

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 15

Page 206: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 206/740

Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 5-1911Requested delivery date in 10 daysCustomer material number K-4711-##Order quantity 10 pieces

3. Save the order and write down the order number.

_____________________________________

Exercise 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.

4. Create an outbound delivery for the previous sales order using the followinginformation:

Field Name ValueShipping Point Z0##Selection Date in 20 days

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 15

Page 207: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 207/740

Order The order number of your last order

5. Save the outbound delivery and write down the order number.____________________________________________

6. Is the customer material number available on the delivery note?

Solution 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.Some major customers usually order materials using their own material numbers. Tofacilitate sales order processing, you use the customer-material information master data.

1. One of your major customers orders materials using their own material numbers.Create a customer-material info record using the following data:

Field Name Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 15

Page 208: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 208/740

Customer T-S50A##Sales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Material number T-AS1##Customer material number K-4711-##Customer material description Headlight 4711

Solution 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Agreements > Customer Material Information > Create .

b) Enter the customer number and the organizational data on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the details of the master record.

d) E t th t i l b i th fi t l f th fi t t li

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 15

Page 209: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 209/740

d) Enter the material number in the first column of the first empty line.

e) Select the line and choose Info Record Details (F2) .

f) Maintain the further information.

g) Choose Save .

2. The customer now places an order for the first time using their own materialnumber. Create the corresponding sales order using the following information:

Solution 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.

Field Name Value

Order Type OR

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 15

Page 210: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 210/740

Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 5-1911Requested delivery date in 10 daysCustomer material number K-4711-##Order quantity 10 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Create .

Solution 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Enter the relevant field values.

3 Save the order and write down the order number

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 15

Page 211: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 211/740

3. Save the order and write down the order number._____________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Save .4. Create an outbound delivery for the previous sales order using the following

information:

Field Name Value

Shipping Point Z0##

Selection Date in 20 days

Solution 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.

Field Name Value

Order The order number of your last order

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 15

Page 212: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 212/740

b) Enter the field values on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the details of the delivery.

5. Save the outbound delivery and write down the order number.____________________________________________

a) In the outbound delivery, choose Save .

6. Is the customer material number available on the delivery note?

Solution 15: Create a Customer-Material Info Record.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Display .

b) Enter the delivery number (do not press ENTER).

c) Choose Outbound Delivery > Issue Delivery Output .

d) Select the line with the message type LD00

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 15

Page 213: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 213/740

d) Select the line with the message type LD00.

e) Choose Print Preview .

f) The customer material number is available on the delivery note.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create a customer-material info record

TSCM60_1

Page 214: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 214/740

Lesson 4: Maintaining Condition Master Data for Pricing

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create condition master data

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Lesson 4

Page 215: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 215/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 42: Condition Master Data Unit 3 Lesson 4

Page 216: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 216/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 43: Condition Master Records in Pricing Unit 3 Lesson 4

Page 217: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 217/740

Page 218: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 218/740

Exercise 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).You have to define certain price agreements for some major customers. Since thesecustomers place orders frequently, they should receive lower prices for some materials,depending on the quantity ordered.Since it is not necessary to enter these agreements every time you create an order, youwant to use the automatic pricing function in the system and create the appropriatecondition master data.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 16

Page 219: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 219/740

1. Create a condition master record using the following information:Field Name Value

Condition Type PR00Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Customer T-S50A##Material T-AS1##

Exercise 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).

The price for the material should depend on the order quantity. Therefore maintainthe following price scale:Scale quantity Amount

1 piece EUR 29 per piece10 pieces EUR 28 per piece100 pieces EUR 27 per piece

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 16

Page 220: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 220/740

2. After saving the price agreement with the major customer in the system, youreceive another order. Create a sales order based on the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

Exercise 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).

Field Name ValueSold-to party T-S50A##

Purchase order number 5-2311Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial T-AS1##Order Quantity 20 pieces

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 16

Page 221: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 221/740

Order Quantity 20 pieces

3. During order entry, you want to make sure that the automatic pricing function hasdetermined the correct prices for material T-AS1##.Which price per piece was determined by the system?_______________________________________

4. Save the order and write down the order number.

______________________________________

Solution 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).You have to define certain price agreements for some major customers. Since thesecustomers place orders frequently, they should receive lower prices for some materials,depending on the quantity ordered.Since it is not necessary to enter these agreements every time you create an order, youwant to use the automatic pricing function in the system and create the appropriatecondition master data.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 16

Page 222: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 222/740

1. Create a condition master record using the following information:

Field Name Value

Condition Type PR00Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Customer T-S50A##Material T-AS1##

Page 223: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 223/740

Solution 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).

e) Enter the organizational units, the customer number, and the material number.

f) Press ENTER to confirm your entries.

g) Select the line in which you entered the material number.

h) Choose Goto > Scales .

i) Maintain the price scale

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 16

Page 224: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 224/740

i) Maintain the price scale.

j) Choose Condition > Save .

2. After saving the price agreement with the major customer in the system, youreceive another order. Create a sales order based on the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type OR

Sales Organization 1000

Solution 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).

Field Name Value

Distribution Channel 12

Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 5-2311Requested delivery date in 10 days

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 16

Page 225: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 225/740

Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial T-AS1##

Order Quantity 20 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the organizational information and the order type on the initial screen of

the transaction.

Solution 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information in the sales order.

3. During order entry, you want to make sure that the automatic pricing function hasdetermined the correct prices for material T-AS1##.Which price per piece was determined by the system?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 16

Page 226: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 226/740

_______________________________________

a) In the sales order, select item 10.

b) Choose Goto > Item > Conditions .

c) The system has determined a price of EUR 28 per piece.

4. Save the order and write down the order number.______________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save .

Solution 16: Create a Condition Master Record (Sales Price).

The document number is assigned internally by the system.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 16

Page 227: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 227/740

Exercise 17: Create a Condition Master Record (Discount).You have to maintain a specific discount for a customer. Depending on the value of anorder item, the customer should be granted a percentage discount.

1. Create a condition master record using the following information: You have agreedwith customer T-S5 A## that, from now on , they are to be granted a percentagediscount for all materials, depending on the item value.Field Name Value

C di i T K007

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 17

Page 228: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 228/740

Condition Type K007Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Customer T-S50A##

Maintain the following discount scale:

Exercise 17: Create a Condition Master Record (Discount).

Scale value Amount

EUR 100 -1%

EUR 500 -2%EUR 1,000 -3%

2. Your customer places the next order. Create the corresponding sales order basedth f ll i i f ti

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 17

Page 229: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 229/740

on the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Exercise 17: Create a Condition Master Record (Discount).

Field Name ValuePurchase order number 5-2511

Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial T-AS1##Order Quantity 10 pieces

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 17

Page 230: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 230/740

3. During order entry, you want to make sure that the automatic pricing function hasdetermined the correct discount.Which customer discount was determined by the system?_______________________________________

4. Save the order and write down the order number.______________________________________

Solution 17: Create a Condition Master Record (Discount).You have to maintain a specific discount for a customer. Depending on the value of anorder item, the customer should be granted a percentage discount.

1. Create a condition master record using the following information: You have agreedwith customer T-S5 A## that, from now on , they are to be granted a percentagediscount for all materials, depending on the item value.

Field Name Value

Condition Type K007

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 17

Page 231: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 231/740

Condition Type K007Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Customer T-S50A##

Maintain the following discount scale:

Page 232: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 232/740

Page 233: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 233/740

Solution 17: Create a Condition Master Record (Discount).

Field Name Value

Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material T-AS1##Order Quantity 10 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 17

Page 234: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 234/740

b) Enter the organizational information and the order type on the initial screen ofthe transaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information in the sales order.

3. During order entry, you want to make sure that the automatic pricing function hasdetermined the correct discount.

Solution 17: Create a Condition Master Record (Discount).

Which customer discount was determined by the system?_______________________________________

a) In the sales order, select your item.b) Choose Goto > Item > Conditions .

c) The system has determined the customer discount K007 (-1%) based on thecorresponding master record.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 17

Page 235: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 235/740

p g

4. Save the order and write down the order number.______________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save .The document number is assigned internally by the system.

Exercise 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.Questions on condition master data in pricing.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 18

Page 236: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 236/740

Exercise 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.Which condition master data categories (4) can be used in pricing?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 18

Page 237: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 237/740

Exercise 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.You want to sell your materials through multiple distribution channels. Is it possible to maintain theprices in the condition master in different ways according to the distribution channel?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 18

Page 238: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 238/740

Exercise 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.You have entered a sales order. By doing so, prices were determined by the automatic pricingfunction. Can you change the prices manually when entering the order?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 18

Page 239: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 239/740

Exercise 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.During sales order processing, you use various divisions. However, you always want to use the samecondition master data for all divisions. To avoid unnecessary maintenance of condition master datafor multiple divisions, you would like to configure the system in such a way that the condition masterdata of division 00 is also valid for divisions 01 and 02. Is this possible?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 18

Page 240: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 240/740

Exercise 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.Is it possible to make these settings for frequently used customer and material master data as well?

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 18

Page 241: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 241/740

Solution 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.Questions on condition master data in pricing.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 18

Page 242: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 242/740

Solution 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.Which condition master data categories (4) can be used in pricing?.Prices, surcharges/discounts, freights, taxes.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 18

Page 243: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 243/740

Page 244: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 244/740

Solution 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.You have entered a sales order. By doing so, prices were determined by the automatic pricingfunction. Can you change the prices manually when entering the order?

.Yes. Usually, during order entry, you can overwrite the price manually. However, it ispossible to restrict this by making the relevant settings in Customizing or in the conditionrecord.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 18

Page 245: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 245/740

Solution 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.During sales order processing, you use various divisions. However, you always want to use the samecondition master data for all divisions. To avoid unnecessary maintenance of condition master data

for multiple divisions, you would like to configure the system in such a way that the condition masterdata of division 00 is also valid for divisions 01 and 02. Is this possible?.Yes. In Customizing, you can set up division 00 as a representative division and referencedivisions 01 and 02 to it. In this way, the condition master data of division 00 is also valid

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 18

Page 246: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 246/740

for divisions 01 and 02.

Solution 18: Understand the Background of Condition MasterData.Is it possible to make these settings for frequently used customer and material master data as well?.For customer master data, it is possible to configure frequently used master data for thedivisions. For material master data, this is only possible for distribution channels, sincethe division in the material master is not used as an organizational unit where thedependent material master data would be maintained.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 18

Page 247: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 247/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create condition master data

TSCM60_1

Page 248: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 248/740

Lesson 5: Master Data - Explaining Additional Topics

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Display output master data

● Explain the concept of common master data

● Complete incomplete documents

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Lesson 5

Page 249: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 249/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 45: Relevance of Output Master Data Unit 3 Lesson 5

Page 250: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 250/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 46: Common Master Data - DistributionChannels

Unit 3 Lesson 5

Page 251: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 251/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 47: Common Master Data - Divisions Unit 3 Lesson 5

Page 252: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 252/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 48: Incompletion Log Unit 3 Lesson 5

Page 253: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 253/740

Exercise 19: Handle Incomplete Sales Documents.Sales documents are sometimes incomplete after creation (due to incomplete masterdata, for example). Therefore, you have to know how incomplete sales documents can beidentified and completed. You will now create an incomplete sales order and then perform

the necessary steps to complete it.1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Exercise 19

Page 254: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 254/740

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Material T-AS1##Order quantity 10

Page 255: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 255/740

Page 256: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 256/740

Solution 19: Handle Incomplete Sales Documents.Sales documents are sometimes incomplete after creation (due to incomplete masterdata, for example). Therefore, you have to know how incomplete sales documents can beidentified and completed. You will now create an incomplete sales order and then perform

the necessary steps to complete it.1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 19

Page 257: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 257/740

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Material T-AS1##

Solution 19: Handle Incomplete Sales Documents.

Field Name Value

Order quantity 10

Ensure that the purchase order number field remains empty and remove theautomatically determined plant from item 10.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of the

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 19

Page 258: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 258/740

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the field values on the overview screen.

Solution 19: Handle Incomplete Sales Documents.

Hint:When the warning message concerning the purchase order number appears,press ENTER to continue.

e) Navigate to the Shipping tab page.

f) Remove the field value for the plant.

2. Save the incomplete sales order and write down the order number.

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 19

Page 259: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 259/740

______________________________________________________a) Within the sales order, choose Sales Document > Save .

b) A dialog box appears, asking if you want to save the order even though it isincomplete. Choose Save .

Page 260: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 260/740

Solution 19: Handle Incomplete Sales Documents.

b) Ensure that your user ID is maintained in the Created By field.

c) Choose Program > Execute to start the selection.

d) Your incomplete order is displayed in the list.

5. Complete the sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Purchase order number 3-991Delivering plant 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 19

Page 261: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 261/740

Delivering plant 1000

a) In the list of incomplete orders, select the line with your incomplete order.

b) Choose Goto > Edit incompletion to navigate to the incompletion log.

c) Select the line with the PO number in the list of missing data.

Solution 19: Handle Incomplete Sales Documents.

d) Choose Edit > Complete data .

e) Enter the purchase order number in the respective field.

f) Choose Goto > Back to navigate to the incompletion log again. As you can see,the purchase order number is no longer listed as missing data.

g) Select the line with the Plant in the list of missing data.

h) Choose Edit > Complete data .

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 19

Page 262: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 262/740

i) Enter the plant in the respective field. j) Choose Goto > Back to navigate to the incompletion log again. Instead of

displaying the incompletion log again, the system states that the document iscomplete.

6. Save the sales order again.

Solution 19: Handle Incomplete Sales Documents.

a) In the sales order, choose Sales Document > Save . By doing so, you willautomatically navigate back to the list of incomplete orders.

7. Try to create the outbound delivery a second time. Is it possible now?______________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

b) Enter the shipping point Z0## and the selection date (today in 10 days) on the

TSCM60_1 Unit 3 Solution 19

Page 263: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 263/740

b) Enter the shipping point Z0## and the selection date (today in 10 days) on theinitial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to create the outbound delivery.

d) The system can now create the outbound delivery. You do not have to save thedocument.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Display output master data

● Explain the concept of common master data

● Complete incomplete documents

TSCM60_1

Page 264: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 264/740

Unit 4: Automatic Data Determination and ShipmentScheduling

Lesson 1: Analysing the Results of Automatic Data Determination

Lesson 2: Analysing the Results of Delivery and Transportation Scheduling

Page 265: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 265/740

Lesson 1: Analysing the Results of Automatic DataDetermination

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Check the results of automatic data determination

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Lesson 1

Page 266: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 266/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 49: Determining the Delivering PlantAutomatically

Unit 4 Lesson 1

Page 267: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 267/740

Page 268: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 268/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 51: Determining the Shipping PointAutomatically

Unit 4 Lesson 1

Page 269: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 269/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 52: Route Structure Unit 4 Lesson 1

Page 270: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 270/740

Page 271: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 271/740

Exercise 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.When you create sales orders, some important field values can be determinedautomatically by the system. You will create a sales order and verify the automatic

determination of the relevant shipping points and transportation routes.1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ZA##Sales Organization 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 20

Page 272: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 272/740

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50B##Purchase order number 6-111

Page 273: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 273/740

Exercise 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

______________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________

4. From which master data source does the value for the delivering plant in item 10come?___________________________________________

5. Which shipping points have been automatically determined for both items of thel d ?

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 20

Page 274: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 274/740

sales order?Item 10: ___________________________________________Item 20: ___________________________________________

6. The system uses 3 criteria to determine the shipping point. What are they?___________________________________________

Exercise 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

______________________________________________________________________________________

7. Which values for the 3 criteria have been used to automatically determine theshipping point for item 10?________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 20

Page 275: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 275/740

8. Which routes have been determined for both items?Item 10: ___________________________________________Item 20: ___________________________________________

9. Save the order and write down the document number._______________________________________________

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.When you create sales orders, some important field values can be determinedautomatically by the system. You will create a sales order and verify the automatic

determination of the relevant shipping points and transportation routes.1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ZA##Sales Organization 1000

Di t ib ti Ch l 12

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 276: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 276/740

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50B##Purchase order number 6-111

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

Field Name Value

Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order Quantity

T-AS1## 7T-AS2## 8

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 277: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 277/740

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant fields.

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

2. Which delivering plants have been automatically determined for both items?Item 10: ___________________________________________

Item 20: ___________________________________________a) In the sales order, you can find the field values that were determined for the

delivering plants on the Sales tab page. Plant 1000 has been determined forboth items.

3. When determining the correct value for the delivering plant, the system checks 3

master data sources in which the delivering plant can be specified What are these

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 278: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 278/740

master data sources in which the delivering plant can be specified. What are thesesources?_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

a) The customer-material information record, the customer master record of theship-to party, and the material master record.

4. From which master data source does the value for the delivering plant in item 10come?___________________________________________

a) You do not want to leave the order now, so choose System > Create Session tostart a new session.

b) From the SAP Easy Access menu of the new session choose Logistics > Sales

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 279: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 279/740

b) From the SAP Easy Access menu of the new session, choose Logistics > Salesand Distribution > Master Data > Agreements > Customer Material Information >Display .

c) Enter customer T-S50B##, sales organization 1000, distribution channel 12,and material T-AS1##.

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

d) Choose Execute (F8) to start the selection. The system is unable to find acorresponding master record, so the value for the delivering plant is not taken

from a customer-material information record.e) To check the next option, go back to the session in which you still have the

sales order on the screen.

f) Choose Environment > Display Ship To Party .

g) On the Shipping tab page in the Sales Area Data 1000 is maintained as relevantdelivering plant

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 280: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 280/740

delivering plant.

5. Which shipping points have been automatically determined for both items of thesales order?Item 10: ___________________________________________Item 20: ___________________________________________

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

a) In the sales order, choose the Shipping tab page. The shipping point Z0## hasbeen determined for both items.

6. The system uses 3 criteria to determine the shipping point. What are they?_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) The system can determine the shipping point of a sales order item by using thedelivering plant shipping conditions and loading group as criteria

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 281: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 281/740

delivering plant, shipping conditions, and loading group as criteria.

7. Which values for the 3 criteria have been used to automatically determine theshipping point for item 10?________________________________________________________________________________________________

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

________________________________________________

a) You can find the relevant delivering plant for item 10 on the Sales tab page of

the sales order. It is delivering plant 1000.

b) To check the shipping conditions, choose Goto > Header > Shipping within thesales order. The shipping condition equals ## Standard. The code for theshipping condition is ##+5 (60 for group 10, for example).

c) Choose Goto > Back to navigate back to the overview screen of the sales order.

d) S l i 10

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 282: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 282/740

d) Select item 10.

e) Choose Environment > Display material to navigate to the material masterrecord.

f) Choose the Sales: General/Plant tab page. The relevant value for the loading

group is 3 .

Solution 20: Check the Results of Automatic DataDetermination.

8. Which routes have been determined for both items?Item 10: ___________________________________________

Item 20: ___________________________________________a) The automatically determined routes can also be found on the Shipping tab

page. Route R00030 applies for both items.

9. Save the order and write down the document number._______________________________________________

a) Within the sales order choose Sales Document > Save The document number

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 20

Page 283: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 283/740

a) Within the sales order, choose Sales Document > Save . The document numberis assigned internally by the system.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Check the results of automatic data determination

TSCM60_1

Page 284: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 284/740

Lesson 2: Analysing the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Check the results of delivery and transportation scheduling

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Lesson 2

Page 285: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 285/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 54: Backward Scheduling Unit 4 Lesson 2

Page 286: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 286/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 55: Forward Scheduling Unit 4 Lesson 2

Page 287: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 287/740

Exercise 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.When entering an order, you would like to check if the requested delivery date can be met.If the requested delivery date cannot be confirmed, the customer is offered the firstpossible delivery date.You now check on which dates the individual work stages for shipping and transportationprocessing must begin for the ordered products to get to the customer on time.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORS l O i ti 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 21

Page 288: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 288/740

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Exercise 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

Field Name ValuePurchase order number 6-411

Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order quantity Ship-to party

T-AS1## 5 T-S50A##T-AS3## 1 T-S50B##

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 21

Page 289: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 289/740

Hint:To maintain the different ship-to-party for the second item, branch to the itemdetails and choose the Partners tab page. Overwrite the automaticallydetermined partner for the ship-to party with the ship-to party specified above.

Exercise 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

Allow the system to redetermine the plant and the shipping point when thecorresponding pop-up appears.

2. Determine the shipping dates for the confirmed schedule line of item 10 and writethem down.Field Name Value

Delivery date

Goods issue date

Loading date

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 21

Page 290: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 290/740

Transportation planning date

3. Save the order and write down the document number._______________________________________________

Exercise 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

4. Which of the steps for shipping and transportation processing must be completedso that loading can be performed on the determined loading date?________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Hint:You can use the F1 help to call information about the tasks and the use ofdifferent dates in delivery and transportation scheduling.

5 To check the effects of your delivery and transportation scheduling you now

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 21

Page 291: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 291/740

5. To check the effects of your delivery and transportation scheduling, you nowcreate an outbound delivery with reference to the last sales order. Use thefollowing information:Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##

Exercise 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

Field Name ValueSelection date today

Order order number of the last order

Can the outbound delivery be created?______________________________________________

6. Try to create the outbound delivery again using the material availability date of one

of the items of your order as the selection date. Can you deliver the order now?

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 21

Page 292: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 292/740

____________________________________________________________Do NOT save the outbound delivery.

Exercise 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

Hint:If you have accidentally saved the outbound delivery, delete the deliverydocument with the transaction:

Logistics > Sales and Distribution > Shipping and Transportation > OutboundDelivery > Change > Single Document. Enter the number of the outbound deliveryin the respective field and choose Outbound Delivery > Delete .

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Exercise 21

Page 293: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 293/740

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.When entering an order, you would like to check if the requested delivery date can be met.If the requested delivery date cannot be confirmed, the customer is offered the firstpossible delivery date.You now check on which dates the individual work stages for shipping and transportationprocessing must begin for the ordered products to get to the customer on time.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 294: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 294/740

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

Field Name Value

Purchase order number 6-411

Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order quantity Ship-to party

T-AS1## 5 T-S50A##T-AS3## 1 T-S50B##

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 295: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 295/740

Hint:To maintain the different ship-to-party for the second item, branch to the itemdetails and choose the Partners tab page. Overwrite the automaticallydetermined partner for the ship-to party with the ship-to party specified above.

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

Allow the system to redetermine the plant and the shipping point when thecorresponding pop-up appears.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information on the overview screen of the sales order.

e) Double click item 20 to navigate to the item details

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 296: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 296/740

e) Double-click item 20 to navigate to the item details.

f) Choose the Partners tab page.

g) In the Partner column, change the ship-to party as requested.

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

h) Press ENTER to confirm the change of the ship-to party.

i) Confirm the two information messages by pressing ENTER.

j) In the Adjust item pop-up, click on Redetermine to allow the system toredetermine the plant and the shipping point for the item.

2. Determine the shipping dates for the confirmed schedule line of item 10 and writethem down.

Field Name Value

Delivery date

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 297: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 297/740

Goods issue date

Loading date

Transportation planning date

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

a) In the sales order, double-click item 10 to navigate to the item details.

b) Navigate to the Schedule lines tab page.

c) Select the second schedule line with the confirmed quantity of 5 pieces.

d) Click the Shipping button below the schedule lines. The different dates aredisplayed here.

3. Save the order and write down the document number.

_______________________________________________a) In the sales order choose Sales Document > Save The document number is

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 298: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 298/740

a) In the sales order, choose Sales Document > Save . The document number isassigned internally by the system.

4. Which of the steps for shipping and transportation processing must be completedso that loading can be performed on the determined loading date?

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Hint:You can use the F1 help to call information about the tasks and the use ofdifferent dates in delivery and transportation scheduling.

a) Preparation (picking and packing) and transportation planning must be

completed so that loading can begin on time.5 To check the effects of your delivery and transportation scheduling you now

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 299: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 299/740

5. To check the effects of your delivery and transportation scheduling, you nowcreate an outbound delivery with reference to the last sales order. Use thefollowing information:

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##

Selection date todayOrder order number of the last order

Can the outbound delivery be created?______________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 300: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 300/740

With Reference to Sales Order .

b) Enter the relevant field values on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to create the outbound delivery.

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

d) The outbound delivery cannot be created, since no schedule lines of the orderare due for delivery creation to date.

6. Try to create the outbound delivery again using the material availability date of oneof the items of your order as the selection date. Can you deliver the order now?____________________________________________________________Do NOT save the outbound delivery.

Hint:If you have accidentally saved the outbound delivery, delete the deliverydocument with the transaction:

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 301: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 301/740

document with the transaction:

Logistics > Sales and Distribution > Shipping and Transportation > OutboundDelivery > Change > Single Document. Enter the number of the outbound deliveryin the respective field and choose Outbound Delivery > Delete .

Solution 21: Check the Results of Delivery and TransportationScheduling.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

b) On the initial screen, enter the shipping point, the order number, and thematerial availability date of one of the order items as the selection date.

c) Press ENTER to create the outbound delivery.

d) Now the outbound delivery can be created. Shipping processing must begin on

the material availability date for the goods to arrive at the customer’s locationon the confirmed delivery date.

TSCM60_1 Unit 4 Solution 21

Page 302: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 302/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Check the results of delivery and transportation scheduling

TSCM60_1

Page 303: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 303/740

Unit 5: Collective Processing in Sales and Distribution

Lesson 1: Executing Collective Processing in Sales and Distribution

Page 304: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 304/740

Lesson 1: Executing Collective Processing in Sales andDistribution

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Explain the idea of worklists

● Create outbound deliveries via collective processing

● Complete shipping functions via collective processing

● Create billing documents via collective processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 305: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 305/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 56: Usage of Worklists Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 306: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 306/740

Procedure: To use Worklists for Collective Processing in Salesand DistributionYou want to create a follow-up document within a sales and distribution process viacollective processing.

1. Start the transaction to create the respective documents (for example, outbound

deliveries) via collective processing.2. Enter the appropriate selection criteria to select the documents (for example, sales

orders), for which you want to create the corresponding follow-up documents (forexample, outbound deliveries).

3. In the results list for your selection, choose the desired documents and create the

follow-up documents directly.4 In some cases (creation of outbound deliveries creation of billing documents) the

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 307: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 307/740

4. In some cases (creation of outbound deliveries, creation of billing documents) thesystem provides a log that you can use to retrace the collective run.

TSCM60_1 Figure 57: Collective Processing of the DeliveryDue List

Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 308: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 308/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 58: Examples for Creation of OutboundDeliveries

Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 309: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 309/740

Exercise 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.Although you enter orders one at a time, the corresponding follow-up documents areusually created using collective processing. In this way, multiple documents can becreated in one step.You will now create two sales orders and then use collective processing to create thecorresponding outbound deliveries.

Caution:If you have already performed the exercises in the Automatic Data Determination andShipment Scheduling unit, you do not need to create the two orders!

1. Create the first sales order using the following information:

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 22

Page 310: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 310/740

g gField Name Value

Order Type ZA##Sales Organization 1000

Exercise 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

Field Name ValueDistribution Channel 12

Division 00Sold-to party T-S50B##Purchase order number 6-111Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order Quantity

T-AS1## 7T AS2## 8

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 22

Page 311: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 311/740

T-AS2## 8

Save the sales order.

Exercise 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

2. Create the second sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Purchase order number 6-411Requested delivery date in 10 days

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 22

Page 312: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 312/740

Material Order quantity Ship-to party

T-AS1## 5 T-S50A##

Exercise 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

Material Order quantity Ship-to partyT-AS3## 1 T-S50B##

Hint:To maintain the different ship-to party for the second item, branch to the itemdetails and choose the Partners tab page. Overwrite the automaticallydetermined partner for the ship-to party with the ship-to party specified above.

Allow the system to redetermine the plant and the shipping point when thecorresponding dialog box appears. Then save the order.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 22

Page 313: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 313/740

3. Start the collective processing of documents due for delivery using the followinginformation:

Exercise 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##

Delivery creation date From start of this week to today in fourweeksShip-to party T-S50A## and T-S50B##

Hint:

Choose the Multiple selection icon to enter single ship-to party numbers on theselection screen.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 22

Page 314: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 314/740

4. Why does at least one of the orders that you created appear twice in the list?________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 315: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 315/740

Exercise 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

_____________ _____________ _____________

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 22

Page 316: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 316/740

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.Although you enter orders one at a time, the corresponding follow-up documents areusually created using collective processing. In this way, multiple documents can becreated in one step.

You will now create two sales orders and then use collective processing to create thecorresponding outbound deliveries.

Caution:If you have already performed the exercises in the Automatic Data Determination andShipment Scheduling unit, you do not need to create the two orders!

1. Create the first sales order using the following information:

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 317: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 317/740

Field Name Value

Order Type ZA##Sales Organization 1000

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

Field Name Value

Distribution Channel 12

Division 00Sold-to party T-S50B##Purchase order number 6-111Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order Quantity

T-AS1## 7T-AS2## 8

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 318: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 318/740

T-AS2## 8

Save the sales order.

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen.c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant fields.

e) Choose Sales Document > Save .

2. Create the second sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 319: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 319/740

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

Field Name Value

Division 00

Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 6-411Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order quantity Ship-to party

T-AS1## 5 T-S50A##T-AS3## 1 T-S50B##

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 320: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 320/740

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

Hint:To maintain the different ship-to party for the second item, branch to the item

details and choose the Partners tab page. Overwrite the automaticallydetermined partner for the ship-to party with the ship-to party specified above.

Allow the system to redetermine the plant and the shipping point when thecorresponding dialog box appears. Then save the order.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 321: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 321/740

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

d) Maintain the relevant information on the overview screen of the sales order.

e) Double-click item 20 to call the item details.

f) Choose the Partners tab page.

g) In the Partner column, change the ship-to party as requested.

h) Press ENTER to confirm the change of the ship-to party.

i) Confirm the two information messages by pressing ENTER.

j) In the Adjust item dialog box, choose Redetermine to allow the system toredetermine the plant and the shipping point for the item.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 322: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 322/740

k) Choose Sales Document > Save to save the order.

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

3. Start the collective processing of documents due for delivery using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##Delivery creation date From start of this week to today in four

weeksShip-to party T-S50A## and T-S50B##

Hint:Choose the Multiple selection icon to enter single ship-to party numbers on the

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 323: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 323/740

selection screen.

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > CollectiveProcessing of Documents Due for Delivery > Sales Orders .

b) Enter the selection criteria given in the exercise.

c) To include two ship-to party numbers, choose Multiple selection in therespective line.

d) Enter the two ship-to party numbers in the Multiple Selection for Ship-to Party

dialog box.e) Choose Copy (F8) to copy the values to the selection screen.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 324: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 324/740

f) Choose Program > Execute to start the selection.

4. Why does at least one of the orders that you created appear twice in the list?

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) Since this sales order consists of two items with different ship-to parties (androutes), the items in this sales order must be processed further using twooutbound deliveries.

5. Via which routes will the outbound deliveries be shipped?_____________ _____________

a) Take a look at the Route column.b) Routes R 25 and R 3 have been determined.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 325: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 325/740

6. Select only those lines that refer to the two orders you created beforehand, andstart the creation of the corresponding outbound deliveries in the background.

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

Hint:Use the CTRL key to select multiple lines.

a) In the list, select the relevant lines.

b) Choose Create Delivery in Background to start collective processing.

7. Display the collective processing log. Note the group (log) number.Group number: ________________________________________

a) Choose Back.

b) Choose Collective Processing Logs .

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 326: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 326/740

) g g

c) Choose Program > Execute to display the log.

Solution 22: Create Outbound Deliveries via CollectiveProcessing.

d) The group number is displayed in the first column of the log.

8. How many outbound deliveries have been created?

Number of outbound deliveries: _______________________________a) Check the No. column in the log.

b) 3 outbound deliveries have been created

9. Determine the document numbers of the outbound deliveries._____________ _____________ _____________

a) In the log, choose Documents .

b) Note the document numbers.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 22

Page 327: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 327/740

b) Note the document numbers.

TSCM60_1 Figure 59: Picking in Shipping Processing Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 328: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 328/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 60: Picking Options Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 329: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 329/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 61: Collective Processing in Picking Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 330: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 330/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 62: Collective Processing for PostingGoods Issue

Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 331: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 331/740

Exercise 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.You want to create multiple transfer orders for picking with reference to thecorresponding outbound deliveries. You also want to post the goods issue for thesedeliveries afterwards.

You decide to execute these process steps using collective processing.

1. Create transfer orders using the outbound delivery monitor. Use the followingcriteria to select the appropriate outbound deliveries:Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##

Picking date from beginning of this week to today in4 weeks

Route R00025 and R00030

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 23

Page 332: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 332/740

Exercise 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

2. From the list, select the outbound deliveries that were created during processingof the delivery list.Pick these outbound deliveries in the background (without branching to the

transfer orders).

Hint:Choose Create TO in Background to start the processing.

3. Check the outbound deliveries and determine whether picking has been carried out

successfully.Compare the delivery quantities with the picked quantities in one of your outbounddeliveries. Is there a difference between the quantities?

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 23

Page 333: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 333/740

____________________________________________________________

4. Check the overall status of the outbound delivery:

Exercise 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

Overall picking status: ___________________________Overall status of WM activities: ___________________________Overall status of goods issue: ___________________________

5. You now want to post the goods issue for the relevant outbound deliveries in asingle step. Start collective processing using the following information:Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##Planned goods movement date start of this week to today in 4 weeksRoute R00025 and R00030

6 From the list select those outbound deliveries that were created during processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 23

Page 334: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 334/740

6. From the list, select those outbound deliveries that were created during processingof the delivery list.Post the goods issue.

Exercise 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

7. Check the outbound delivery and determine if the goods issue posting has beencarried out successfully.Check the overall status of the outbound delivery.

Overall status of goods issue: _________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 23

Page 335: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 335/740

Solution 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.You want to create multiple transfer orders for picking with reference to thecorresponding outbound deliveries. You also want to post the goods issue for thesedeliveries afterwards.

You decide to execute these process steps using collective processing.1. Create transfer orders using the outbound delivery monitor. Use the following

criteria to select the appropriate outbound deliveries:

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##

Picking date from beginning of this week to today in4 weeks

Route R00025 and R00030

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 23

Page 336: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 336/740

Solution 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Picking > Create Transfer Order > Via OutboundDelivery Monitor .

b) Enter the selection criteria given in the exercise.

c) Choose Program > Execute .

2. From the list, select the outbound deliveries that were created during processingof the delivery list.Pick these outbound deliveries in the background (without branching to thetransfer orders).

Hint:

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 23

Page 337: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 337/740

Choose Create TO in Background to start the processing.

Solution 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

a) Select the deliveries that were created during processing of the delivery list.

b) Choose Create TO in Background .

c) In the popup window, choose Continue (ENTER).3. Check the outbound deliveries and determine whether picking has been carried out

successfully.Compare the delivery quantities with the picked quantities in one of your outbounddeliveries. Is there a difference between the quantities?

____________________________________________________________a) Double-click one of the outbound deliveries in the list. If you have already left

the transaction, go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose Logistics > Salesd Di t ib ti > Shi i g d T t ti > O tb d D li > Di l

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 23

Page 338: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 338/740

and Distribution > Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Display .

Solution 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

b) Enter the number of the desired outbound delivery on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

d) Choose the Picking tab page.

e) Check that the delivery quantity equals the picked quantity.

4. Check the overall status of the outbound delivery:Overall picking status: ___________________________Overall status of WM activities: ___________________________Overall status of goods issue: ___________________________

a) In the outbound delivery choose Goto > Header > Processing to navigate to the

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 23

Page 339: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 339/740

a) In the outbound delivery, choose Goto > Header > Processing to navigate to thestatus overview.

Solution 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

b) There you can see that the overall picking status is set to C Fully picked , theoverall status of WM activities is set to C WM Transfer order confirmed and theoverall status ofthe goods issue is set to A not yet started .

5. You now want to post the goods issue for the relevant outbound deliveries in asingle step. Start collective processing using the following information:

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##Planned goods movement date start of this week to today in 4 weeks

Route R00025 and R00030

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Post Goods Issue > Collective Processing Via

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 23

Page 340: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 340/740

Shipping and Transportation > Post Goods Issue > Collective Processing ViaOutbound Delivery Monitor .

Solution 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

b) Enter the selection criteria given in the exercise.

c) Choose Program > Execute to start the selection.

6. From the list, select those outbound deliveries that were created during processingof the delivery list.Post the goods issue.

a) Select the relevant outbound deliveries.

b) Choose Post Goods Issue .

c) Confirm the proposed actual goods movement date by pressing ENTER whenthe corresponding pop-up appears.

7 Check the outbound delivery and determine if the goods issue posting has been

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 23

Page 341: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 341/740

7. Check the outbound delivery and determine if the goods issue posting has beencarried out successfully.

Solution 23: Complete Shipping Functions Using CollectiveProcessing.

Check the overall status of the outbound delivery.Overall status of goods issue: _________________________________

a) Double-click one of the outbound deliveries in the list. If you have already leftthe transaction, go to the SAP Easy Access menu and choose Logistics > Salesand Distribution > Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Display .

b) Enter the number of the desired outbound delivery on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

d) Choose Goto > Header > Processing .

e) There you can see that the overall status of the goods issue is C completed .

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 23

Page 342: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 342/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 63: Processing the Billing Due List Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 343: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 343/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 64: Billing Options Unit 5 Lesson 1

Page 344: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 344/740

Exercise 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.You want to create multiple billing documents with reference to the correspondingoutbound deliveries. To do this, you use collective processing.

1. You want to create billing documents using collective processing. Use the followingcriteria to select the correct outbound deliveries:Field Name Value

Billing date from start of this week to today in fourweeks

Sales organization 1000

Shipping point Z0##Sold-to party T-S50A## and T-S50B##

2 From the list select the outbound deliveries that were created during processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 24

Page 345: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 345/740

2. From the list, select the outbound deliveries that were created during processingof the delivery list.

Exercise 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

Test to see what the result of processing the billing due list would be.

Hint:

Choose Simulation .

3. Compare two documents to see why the items from these outbound deliveriescannot be combined in one billing document.

Hint:

Select two documents and choose Split analysis .

4. Return to the Maintain Billing Due List screen and create the billing documentsusing collective processing.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 24

Page 346: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 346/740

g p g

5. Write down the group (log) number of the collective run.

Exercise 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

Group number: _________________________________________

6. Review the log to see how many billing documents have been created.Number: __________________________________________Record the billing document numbers:_____________ _____________ _____________

7. Check one of the created billing documents to see whether the sales process couldbe completed as requested. Use the document flow of the billing document to getthe desired information.Is the sales process completed?____________________________________________________________Why?

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 24

Page 347: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 347/740

____________________________________________________________

Exercise 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

____________________________________________________________

8. Review the invoice printout of one of the created billing documents to determinewhether the delivery conditions and payment conditions are correct on the form.Use the message type RD00.

Hint:You must be on the initial screen ( Display Billing Document ) to display theinvoice printout.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Exercise 24

Page 348: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 348/740

Solution 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.You want to create multiple billing documents with reference to the correspondingoutbound deliveries. To do this, you use collective processing.

1. You want to create billing documents using collective processing. Use the followingcriteria to select the correct outbound deliveries:Field Name Value

Billing date from start of this week to today in fourweeks

Sales organization 1000

Shipping point Z0##Sold-to party T-S50A## and T-S50B##

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 24

Page 349: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 349/740

Solution 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Process Billing Due List .

b) Enter the selection criteria given in the exercise.

c) Choose Billing Document > Display Billing List to start the selection.

2. From the list, select the outbound deliveries that were created during processingof the delivery list.Test to see what the result of processing the billing due list would be.

Hint:Choose Simulation .

a) Select the relevant deliveries

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 24

Page 350: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 350/740

a) Select the relevant deliveries.

Solution 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

b) Choose Simulation .

3. Compare two documents to see why the items from these outbound deliveriescannot be combined in one billing document.

Hint:Select two documents and choose Split analysis .

a) Select two documents and choose Split analysis .

b) Depending on the documents, different criteria can lead to a billing split; forexample:

● Sold-to party

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 24

Page 351: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 351/740

Solution 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

● Payer

● Reference document number

Assignment number● VAT registration number

4. Return to the Maintain Billing Due List screen and create the billing documentsusing collective processing.

a) Choose Back until you get to the Maintain Billing Due List screen.

b) Select the desired lines.

c) Choose Billing document > Save to create the billing documents. The systemdisplays the log of the collective run immediately

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 24

Page 352: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 352/740

displays the log of the collective run immediately.

Page 353: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 353/740

Solution 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

7. Check one of the created billing documents to see whether the sales process couldbe completed as requested. Use the document flow of the billing document to getthe desired information.Is the sales process completed?____________________________________________________________Why?________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) Select a line in the log and choose Environment > Document Flow . If you havealready left the transaction, go to the SAP Easy Access menu and chooseLogistics > Sales and Distribution > Billing > Billing Document > Display , aandthen Environment > Display Document flow .

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 24

Page 354: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 354/740

Solution 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

b) The sales process is completed because the accounting documents werecreated automatically by the system. Clearing the accounting documents ispart of the process of financial accounting.

8. Review the invoice printout of one of the created billing documents to determinewhether the delivery conditions and payment conditions are correct on the form.Use the message type RD00.

Hint:You must be on the initial screen ( Display Billing Document ) to display the

invoice printout.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Display .

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 24

Page 355: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 355/740

Solution 24: Create Billing Documents Using CollectiveProcessing.

b) Choose Billing Document > Issue Output To .

c) If necessary, select message type RD .

d) Choose Print preview .Payment conditions and delivery conditions are printed above the items in theinvoice.

TSCM60_1 Unit 5 Solution 24

Page 356: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 356/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Explain the idea of worklists

● Create outbound deliveries via collective processing

● Complete shipping functions via collective processing

● Create billing documents via collective processing

TSCM60_1

Page 357: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 357/740

Unit 6: Availability Check

Lesson 1: Performing an Availability Check - Basics

Lesson 2: Performing an Availability Check - Further Topics

Page 358: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 358/740

Lesson 1: Performing an Availability Check - Basics

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Check the key factors influencing the availability check

● Identify additional considerations with regard to the availability check

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 359: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 359/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 65: Control the Availability Check in SalesOrders

Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 360: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 360/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 66: Material Availability Check for MaterialAvailability Date

Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 361: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 361/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 67: Check at Plant Level Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 362: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 362/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 68: Control of Availability Check Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 363: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 363/740

Exercise 25: Check the Main Factors Influencing the AvailabilityCheck.You have to investigate the setup of several master data records with regard to executingavailability checks.

1. Check the material master record of material T-AS5##. Will an availability check

be performed for this material and plant 1000 during order entry?_________________________

2. Check which delivering plant is proposed during order entry for sales organization1000 and distribution channel 12 for material number T-AS5##.__________________________

3. Check which delivering plant is maintained as the default value in the masterrecord for customer T-S50B##, sales organization 1000, distribution channel 12,and division 00.___________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 25

Page 364: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 364/740

Exercise 25: Check the Main Factors Influencing the AvailabilityCheck.

4. In what sequence is the master data accessed during order processing todetermine the default value for the delivering plant?___________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5. Can the availability check during order entry be carried out in a different plant tothe one proposed?___________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 25

Page 365: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 365/740

Solution 25: Check the Main Factors Influencing the AvailabilityCheck.You have to investigate the setup of several master data records with regard to executingavailability checks.

1. Check the material master record of material T-AS5##. Will an availability check

be performed for this material and plant 1000 during order entry?_________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Products > Material > Other > Display .

b) Enter the material number on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the view selection.

d) Select the Sales: General/Plant Data view.

e) Press ENTER to confirm the selection.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 25

Page 366: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 366/740

Solution 25: Check the Main Factors Influencing the AvailabilityCheck.

f) In the dialog box, enter plant 1000.

g) Press ENTER to navigate to the selected view.

h) The checking group for availability check 01 is assigned, so an availability checkfor this material takes place during order entry.

2. Check which delivering plant is proposed during order entry for sales organization1000 and distribution channel 12 for material number T-AS5##.__________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Products > Material > Other > Display .

b) Enter the material number on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the view selection.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 25

Page 367: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 367/740

Solution 25: Check the Main Factors Influencing the AvailabilityCheck.

d) Select the Sales: Sales Org. Data 1 view.

e) Press ENTER to confirm the selection.

f) In the dialog box, enter sales organization 1000 and distribution channel 12.

g) Press ENTER to navigate to the selected view.

h) Plant 1400 is assigned as the relevant delivering plant.

3. Check which delivering plant is maintained as the default value in the masterrecord for customer T-S50B##, sales organization 1000, distribution channel 12,and division 00.___________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Master Data > Business Partner > Customer > Display > Sales and Distribution .

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 25

Page 368: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 368/740

Solution 25: Check the Main Factors Influencing the Availability

Check.

b) Enter the customer number and the organizational units on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the master record.

d) Choose Goto > Sales Area Data .

e) Choose the Shipping tab page.

f) The default value is plant 1000.

4. In what sequence is the master data accessed during order processing todetermine the default value for the delivering plant?_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 25

Page 369: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 369/740

Solution 25: Check the Main Factors Influencing the Availability

Check.

a) During order entry, the master data is accessed in the following sequence todetermine the default value for the delivering plant:If different delivering plants have been specified in the master data, theproposal that corresponds to this sequence is transferred for the sales orderitems.

5. Can the availability check during order entry be carried out in a different plant tothe one proposed?___________________________________________________________

a) You have the option of overwriting the proposal manually in the sales order.As part of the availability check, you also have the option of checking in otherplants.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 25

Page 370: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 370/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 69: Transfer of Requirements Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 371: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 371/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 70: Complete and Partial Deliveries Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 372: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 372/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 71: Partial Delivery Agreement Unit 6 Lesson 1

Page 373: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 373/740

Exercise 26: Check the Transfer of Requirements.The material quantities in sales orders are transferred as requirements to the MRPdepartment. This information is essential to trigger the corresponding procurement intime and with the appropriate quantity.

1. You want to gain an overview of the actual stock and requirements situation for a

certain material. Display the current stock and requirements list for material T-AS4##. Write down how many pieces are in stock in plant 1000.___________________________________________________________

2. Create a sales order based on the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 26

Page 374: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 374/740

Exercise 26: Check the Transfer of Requirements.

Field Name ValueSold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 7-621Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material T-AS4##Order quantity 25 pieces

Save the order and write down the order number.________________________

3. You now want to check if the order quantity has been transferred as a requirementto the MRP department correctly. Display the current stock and requirements listfor material T-AS4## and plant 1000 a second time. Which quantity has beentransferred as a requirement?_________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 26

Page 375: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 375/740

Exercise 26: Check the Transfer of Requirements.

4. On which date was the requirement transferred? Which date in the sales ordercorresponds to this date?______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 26

Page 376: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 376/740

Solution 26: Check the Transfer of Requirements.The material quantities in sales orders are transferred as requirements to the MRPdepartment. This information is essential to trigger the corresponding procurement intime and with the appropriate quantity.

1. You want to gain an overview of the actual stock and requirements situation for a

certain material. Display the current stock and requirements list for material T-AS4##. Write down how many pieces are in stock in plant 1000.___________________________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > Stock/Requirements List .

b) Enter the material number and the plant on the initial screen of the transaction.c) Press ENTER to call the detail list.

d) The available quantity is displayed in the line with the MRP element Stock in theAvailable Quantity column.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 26

Page 377: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 377/740

Solution 26: Check the Transfer of Requirements.

2. Create a sales order based on the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 7-621Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material T-AS4##Order quantity 25 pieces

Save the order and write down the order number.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 26

Page 378: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 378/740

Solution 26: Check the Transfer of Requirements.

________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the listed data.

e) Choose Sales Document > Save to save the order. The document number isassigned internally by the system.

3. You now want to check if the order quantity has been transferred as a requirementto the MRP department correctly. Display the current stock and requirements listfor material T-AS4## and plant 1000 a second time. Which quantity has beentransferred as a requirement?_________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 26

Page 379: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 379/740

Solution 26: Check the Transfer of Requirements.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > Stock/Requirements List.

b) Enter the material number and the plant on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the detail list.

d) You can see the requirement from the sales order in the line with the MRPelement Order , in the Receipt/Reqmt column.

4. On which date was the requirement transferred? Which date in the sales ordercorresponds to this date?______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) The requirements date (the date in the first column of the stock/requirementslist) corresponds to the material availability date from the sales order item.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 26

Page 380: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 380/740

Exercise 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries.In some cases, the system may not be able to confirm the ordered quantities of all itemsfor a requested delivery date during order creation. You could then either split the orderinto partial deliveries or wait until the materials for all items are available for a completedelivery. In the master data, you can maintain which kind of delivery processing thecustomer desires.

1. You want to check in a sales order if partial deliveries are allowed. First, create thesales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 7-211

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 27

Page 381: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 381/740

Exercise 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries.

Field Name ValueRequested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order quantity

T-AS1## 10 piecesT-AS2## 10 pieces

2. Determine whether the order could be partially delivered.Which agreement referring to a complete delivery can be seen in the order?__________________________________________________________

3. Which master data is used to propose the Complete Delivery indicator in the orderheader?___________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 27

Page 382: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 382/740

Exercise 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries.

4. Which agreements referring to partial deliveries can be found in item 10 of theorder?___________________________________________________________

5. Which master data is used to propose the Partial delivery / Item field in the orderitem?__________________________________________________________

6. Can you distribute the full amount of a single order item across different deliveriesif the complete delivery field is not selected in the order header?__________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 27

Page 383: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 383/740

Solution 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries

.In some cases, the system may not be able to confirm the ordered quantities of all itemsfor a requested delivery date during order creation. You could then either split the orderinto partial deliveries or wait until the materials for all items are available for a completedelivery. In the master data, you can maintain which kind of delivery processing thecustomer desires.

1. You want to check in a sales order if partial deliveries are allowed. First, create thesales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 7-211

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 27

Page 384: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 384/740

Solution 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries

.Field Name Value

Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material Order quantity

T-AS1## 10 piecesT-AS2## 10 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

2. Determine whether the order could be partially delivered.Which agreement referring to a complete delivery can be seen in the order?

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 27

Page 385: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 385/740

Solution 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries

.__________________________________________________________

a) In the sales order, take a look at the Sales tab page.

b) The Complete Delivery field is empty. This means that a complete delivery isnot required and the items could be split up into separate deliveries.

3. Which master data is used to propose the Complete Delivery indicator in the orderheader?___________________________________________________________

a) The complete delivery indicator in the order header is proposed from thecustomer master record.

4. Which agreements referring to partial deliveries can be found in item 10 of theorder?___________________________________________________________

a) In the sales order, double-click item 10.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 27

Page 386: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 386/740

Solution 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries

.b) Choose the Shipping tab page.

c) The Partial delivery / Item field is empty. This means that partial deliveries areallowed.

5. Which master data is used to propose the Partial delivery / Item field in the order

item?__________________________________________________________

a) The default value for the field can be maintained in the customer-materialinformation master records and in the customer master record. If an entryexists in the respective customer-material information record, then thisproposal has the higher priority.

6. Can you distribute the full amount of a single order item across different deliveriesif the complete delivery field is not selected in the order header?__________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 27

Page 387: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 387/740

Solution 27: Check the Settings for Complete/Partial Deliveries

.a) If the complete delivery field is not selected in the order header, the partial

delivery agreement at item level determines whether the amount of the itemcan be split up.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 27

Page 388: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 388/740

Summary

You should now be able to:● Check the key factors influencing the availability check

● Identify additional considerations with regard to the availability check

TSCM60_1

Page 389: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 389/740

Lesson 2: Performing an Availability Check - Further Topics

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Perform availability checks - example scenarios

● Explain the idea of backorder processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 390: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 390/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 72: Availability Checks - Scenario 1 Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 391: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 391/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 73: Availability Checks - Result forScenario 1

Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 392: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 392/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 74: Availability Checks - Scenario 2 Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 393: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 393/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 75: Availability Checks - Result forScenario 2

Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 394: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 394/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 76: Availability Checks - Scenario 3 Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 395: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 395/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 77: Availability Checks - Result forScenario 3

Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 396: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 396/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 78: Availability Checks - Scenario 4 Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 397: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 397/740

Exercise 28: Perform Availability Checks

.You create sales orders for a material with stock shortage and interpret the systembehavior.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50B##

Purchase order number 7-311Requested delivery date in 5 daysMaterial T-AS5##

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 28

Page 398: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 398/740

Exercise 28: Perform Availability Checks

.Field Name ValueOrder quantity 10 pieces

2. Since there is insufficient material available for the requested delivery date, thesystem remains on the availability control screen during order entry.

Hint:If you have already left the availability control screen, you can call it again bychoosing Check item availability .

For which plant has the availability check been performed?

_______________________

3. How many pieces can be confirmed for the requested delivery date?_______________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 28

Page 399: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 399/740

Exercise 28: Perform Availability Checks

. 4. Which delivery date can be confirmed for the complete quantity?___________________________________________________________

5. You decide to confirm that a complete delivery will be made to the customer at alater date.

6. How many schedule lines have been created for item 10?___________________________________________________________

7. Save the order and write down the order number._______________________

8. Another customer orders the same material. Create the corresponding sales orderusing the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 28

Page 400: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 400/740

Exercise 28: Perform Availability Checks

.Field Name ValueDistribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Purchase order number 7-411Requested delivery date in 5 daysMaterial T-AS5##Order quantity 15 pieces

9. Since there is again insufficient material available for the requested delivery date,the system remains on the availability control screen during order entry.You know that the material can also be taken from plant 1400 in Stuttgart. Youtherefore want to see if the material could be made available earlier from there.Check the availability for plant 1400.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 28

Page 401: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 401/740

Exercise 28: Perform Availability Checks

.

Hint:To check the availability for another plant, choose Other plants on the availabilitycontrol screen.

10. How many pieces can be confirmed from plant 1400 for the requested deliverydate?___________________________________________________________

11. You decide to deliver the material to the customer from plant 1400. Adopt plant1400 for the item.

12. You want to know if existing purchase orders were taken into account during theavailability check. Examine the scope of the check accordingly.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 28

Page 402: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 402/740

Exercise 28: Perform Availability Checks

.

Hint:You can display the scope of the check in the sales order from either theavailability control screen or the availability overview screen. Choose Scope ofcheck on the respective screen.

13. You also want to determine whether the replenishment lead time has been takeninto account during the availability check.

14. Save the order and write down the number.___________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 28

Page 403: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 403/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

.You create sales orders for a material with stock shortage and interpret the systembehavior.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50B##

Purchase order number 7-311Requested delivery date in 5 daysMaterial T-AS5##

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 404: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 404/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

. Field Name Value

Order quantity 10 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the sales order details.

d) Maintain the listed data.

2. Since there is insufficient material available for the requested delivery date, thesystem remains on the availability control screen during order entry.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 405: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 405/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

.

Hint:If you have already left the availability control screen, you can call it again bychoosing Check item availability .

For which plant has the availability check been performed?_______________________

a) You can find the relevant plant for the availability check on the availabilitycontrol screen. It is plant 1000.

3. How many pieces can be confirmed for the requested delivery date?

_______________________a) No quantity can be confirmed for the requested delivery date.

4. Which delivery date can be confirmed for the complete quantity?___________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 406: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 406/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

. a) You can find the system proposal on the same screen.

5. You decide to confirm that a complete delivery will be made to the customer at alater date.

a) On the availability control screen, choose the Copy pushbutton in the Completedelivery section.

6. How many schedule lines have been created for item 10?___________________________________________________________

a) In the sales order, double-click item 10.

b) Choose the Schedule lines tab page.

c) There are two schedule lines. The first is relevant for the requested deliverydate with a confirmed quantity of 0. The second schedule line contains theconfirmed delivery date.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 407: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 407/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

. 7. Save the order and write down the order number._______________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales Document > Save . The document number isassigned internally by the system.

8. Another customer orders the same material. Create the corresponding sales orderusing the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 7-411

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 408: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 408/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

. Field Name Value

Requested delivery date in 5 daysMaterial T-AS5##Order quantity 15 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.d) Maintain the listed data.

9. Since there is again insufficient material available for the requested delivery date,the system remains on the availability control screen during order entry.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 409: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 409/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

. You know that the material can also be taken from plant 1400 in Stuttgart. Youtherefore want to see if the material could be made available earlier from there.Check the availability for plant 1400.

Hint:To check the availability for another plant, choose Other plants on the availabilitycontrol screen.

a) On the availability control screen, choose Other plants .

b) In the Plant Selection dialog box, set a checkmark next to plant 1400.

c) Choose Check Plant .10. How many pieces can be confirmed from plant 1400 for the requested delivery

date?___________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 410: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 410/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

. a) 15 pieces

11. You decide to deliver the material to the customer from plant 1400. Adopt plant1400 for the item.

a) On the screen with the result of the availability check for plant 1400, select theline for plant 1400.

b) Choose Goto > Adopt Plant to use plant 1400 for your item.

12. You want to know if existing purchase orders were taken into account during theavailability check. Examine the scope of the check accordingly.

Hint:You can display the scope of the check in the sales order from either theavailability control screen or the availability overview screen. Choose Scope ofcheck on the respective screen.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 411: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 411/740

Solution 28: Perform Availability Checks

. a) In the sales order, choose Display Availability .

b) On the Availability Overview screen, choose Scope of Check .

c) In this case, purchase orders are also checked alongside other inward andoutward movements.

13. You also want to determine whether the replenishment lead time has been takeninto account during the availability check.

a) When you display the scope of the check, the Check without RLT field is notselected. This means that in this case the replenishment lead time has beentaken into account.

14. Save the order and write down the number.___________________________________________________________

a) Choose Sales Document > Save to save the sales order. The document numberis assigned internally by the system.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 28

Page 412: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 412/740

Exercise 29: Understand the Functions of the Availability Check

. 1. Why can the result of an availability check in the sales order be dependent on apartial delivery agreement?______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2. Why is the completion of delivery scheduling a prerequisite for the availabilitycheck in the sales order?___________________________________________________________

3. Why is delivery scheduling carried out after the availability check if the item cannotbe confirmed for the required delivery date?___________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Exercise 29

Page 413: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 413/740

Solution 29: Understand the Functions of the Availability Check

. 1. Why can the result of an availability check in the sales order be dependent on apartial delivery agreement?______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) If only part of the required quantity is available on the requested delivery dateand the customer agrees to a partial delivery, then a delivery split can becarried out and a partial quantity can be confirmed for the required deliverydate.If the customer does not allow partial delivery, the complete amount can onlybe confirmed for a later date.

2. Why is the completion of delivery scheduling a prerequisite for the availabilitycheck in the sales order?___________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 29

Page 414: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 414/740

Solution 29: Understand the Functions of the Availability Check.

a) The availability check takes place on the material availability date. Thematerials are required on this date, so that enough time remains for packing,loading,and transportation before the required delivery date. This means thematerial availability date must be determined in the sales order before theavailability check is carried out.

3. Why is delivery scheduling carried out after the availability check if the item cannotbe confirmed for the required delivery date?___________________________________________________________

a) If the item cannot not be confirmed for the required delivery date, the systemcarries out delivery scheduling from the earliest possible material availabilitydate (forward scheduling) to determine a confirmable delivery date.

TSCM60_1 Unit 6 Solution 29

Page 415: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 415/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 79: Backorder Processing Unit 6 Lesson 2

Page 416: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 416/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Perform availability checks - example scenarios

● Explain the idea of backorder processing

TSCM60_1

Page 417: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 417/740

Unit 7: Sales Documents - Basic Technical Background

Lesson 1: Using Sales Document Types

Lesson 2: Using Item Categories

Page 418: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 418/740

Lesson 1: Using Sales Document Types

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create sales orders using different sales document types

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Lesson 1

Page 419: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 419/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 80: Sales Document Types Unit 7 Lesson 1

Page 420: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 420/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 81: Functions of Sales Documents Unit 7 Lesson 1

Page 421: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 421/740

Exercise 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.You can use specific sales document types to fulfill certain requirements during the salesand distribution process. Using the appropriate sales document type, you can ensure thatthe material is sent to the customer free of charge, for example. You now want to test twoof these specific sales document types.

1. Create a rush order to start delivery processing immediately using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Order Type ROSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 23-111

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Exercise 30

TSCM60 1 U i 7 E i 30

Page 422: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 422/740

Exercise 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

Field Name ValueMaterial T-AS1##Order quantity 5

2. Save the sales order and make a note of the order number.__________________________________

3. The outbound delivery for your sales order has automatically been created. Make anote of the document number.__________________________________

4. Check the document flow of the sales order. Which further document has beencreated automatically?__________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Exercise 30

TSCM60 1 U i 7 E i 30

Page 423: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 423/740

Exercise 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

5. Create a sales order to ensure a delivery free of charge using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Order Type FD

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 23-112

Order reason Free of charge sampleMaterial T-AS1##Order quantity 5

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Exercise 30

TSCM60 1 U it 7 E i 30

Page 424: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 424/740

Exercise 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

6. What is the net value of the sales order item?

7. Save the sales order and make a note of the order number.__________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Exercise 30

TSCM60 1 Unit 7 Solution 30

Page 425: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 425/740

Solution 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.You can use specific sales document types to fulfill certain requirements during the salesand distribution process. Using the appropriate sales document type, you can ensure thatthe material is sent to the customer free of charge, for example. You now want to test twoof these specific sales document types.

1. Create a rush order to start delivery processing immediately using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Order Type ROSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 30

TSCM60 1 Unit 7 Solution 30

Page 426: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 426/740

Solution 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

Field Name Value

Purchase order number 23-111Material T-AS1##Order quantity 5

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information on the overview screen.

2. Save the sales order and make a note of the order number.

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 30

TSCM60 1 Unit 7 Solution 30

Page 427: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 427/740

Solution 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

__________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales Document > Save .

3. The outbound delivery for your sales order has automatically been created. Make anote of the document number.__________________________________

a) The number of the outbound delivery is displayed at the bottom of the screenafter you have saved the sales order.

4. Check the document flow of the sales order. Which further document has beencreated automatically?__________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Display .

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 30

TSCM60 1 Unit 7 Solution 30

Page 428: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 428/740

Solution 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

b) Enter the order number on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Choose Environment > Display document flow .

d) You can see that the transfer order for picking has also been createdautomatically. However, this has not been triggered by the sales documenttype directly, but by a particular setting in Customizing for Logistics Execution.

5. Create a sales order to ensure a delivery free of charge using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Order Type FDSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 30

TSCM60 1 Unit 7 Solution 30

Page 429: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 429/740

Solution 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

Field Name Value

Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 23-112Order reason Free of charge sampleMaterial T-AS1##Order quantity 5

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 30

TSCM60 1 Unit 7 Solution 30

Page 430: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 430/740

Solution 30: Create Sales Orders Using Different SalesDocument Types.

d) Maintain the relevant information on the overview screen.

6. What is the net value of the sales order item?

a) In the sales order, double-click item 10.

b) Choose the Conditions tab page.c) As you can see, no sales price has been determined by the system and the net

value of the item is 0.

7. Save the sales order and make a note of the order number.__________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales Document > Save .

_

TSCM60_1

Page 431: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 431/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create sales orders using different sales document types

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Lesson 2

Page 432: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 432/740

Lesson 2: Using Item Categories

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Explain the concept of item categories

● Explain item category determination

TSCM60_1 Figure 82: Item Categories - Functions Unit 7 Lesson 2

Page 433: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 433/740

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Exercise 31

Page 434: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 434/740

Exercise 31: Check the Consequences of Using Different ItemCategories.You want to test how different item categories can affect a sales order and create acorresponding document.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 27-1115

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Exercise 31

Page 435: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 435/740

Exercise 31: Check the Consequences of Using Different ItemCategories.

Material Order Quantity

T-AS1## 5T-AS2## 1

2. Which item categories have been determined by the system?Item Item Category

10

20

3. Change the item category of the second item to TANN.4. Check the result of the new pricing for item 20. What has changed?

________________________________________________________________________

Page 436: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 436/740

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 31

Page 437: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 437/740

Solution 31: Check the Consequences of Using Different ItemCategories.

Material Order Quantity

T-AS1## 5T-AS2## 1

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information on the overview screen.

e) Press ENTER to allow the system to determine the item categories.

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 31

Page 438: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 438/740

Solution 31: Check the Consequences of Using Different ItemCategories.

2. Which item categories have been determined by the system?

Item Item Category

10

20

a) You can find the item categories on the overview screen in the item lines. Thesystem has determined the item category TAN for both items.

3. Change the item category of the second item to TANN.

a) On the overview screen, change the field value in the corresponding column.

b) Press ENTER to confirm the change.

c) When the popup for executing new pricing appears, press ENTER to continue.

TSCM60_1 Unit 7 Solution 31

Page 439: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 439/740

Solution 31: Check the Consequences of Using Different ItemCategories.

4. Check the result of the new pricing for item 20. What has changed?________________________________________________________________________

a) In the sales order, double-click item 20.

b) Choose the Conditions tab page.

c) Triggered by the change to the item category, the system has determined aspecial discount of 100% using the condition type R100. This reduces the netvalue of the item to 0.

TSCM60_1 Figure 83: Item Category Determination -Example 1

Unit 7 Lesson 2

Page 440: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 440/740

Example 1

TSCM60_1 Figure 84: Item Category Determination -Example 2

Unit 7 Lesson 2

Page 441: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 441/740

Example 2

TSCM60_1

Page 442: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 442/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Explain the concept of item categories

● Explain item category determination

Unit 8: Special Processes in Sales and Distribution

Page 443: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 443/740

p

Lesson 1: Using Presales Documents

Lesson 2: Executing Assembly Processing

Lesson 3: Packing Materials

Lesson 4: Selling Service Products

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Lesson 1

Page 444: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 444/740

Lesson 1: Using Presales Documents

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create presales documents

TSCM60_1 Figure 85: Sales Support Tasks Unit 8 Lesson 1

Page 445: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 445/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 86: Presales Documents Unit 8 Lesson 1

Page 446: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 446/740

Page 447: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 447/740

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 32

Page 448: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 448/740

Exercise 32: Create Presales Documents.

You receive a customer inquiry and create the corresponding document in the system.Based on that inquiry, you create a quotation later on. To complete the process, youcreate a sales order with reference to the quotation.

1. Create an inquiry based on the following information:Field Name Value

Inquiry Type INSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Material T-AS3##Quantity 3 pieces

You want the inquiry to be processed by the end of the month.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 32

Page 449: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 449/740

Exercise 32: Create Presales Documents.

Hint:When creating the inquiry, you can use the Valid to field to maintain a processingdeadline.

2. Save the inquiry and write down the number.

___________________________________

3. Since there is currently a lot of demand for the requested material, you only wantto offer the customer 2 pieces. The quotation should be valid from today until theend of next month . Create the quotation with reference to the inquiry using thefollowing information:

Field Name ValueQuotation Type QTSales Organization 1000

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 32

Page 450: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 450/740

Exercise 32: Create Presales Documents.

Field Name ValueDistribution Channel 12Division 00

4. Save the quotation and write down the number.

___________________________________5. The customer now orders the offered material as a result of the quotation. Create

the corresponding sales order with reference to the quotation using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 32

Page 451: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 451/740

Exercise 32: Create Presales Documents.

Field Name ValueDivision 00Purchase order number 8-131Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial T-AS3##

Order Quantity 1 piece

6. Save the sales order and write down the document number.___________________________________

7. Display the reference status for the item in the inquiry.

__________________________________________________

8. Display the reference status for the item in the quotation.__________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 452: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 452/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

You receive a customer inquiry and create the corresponding document in the system.Based on that inquiry, you create a quotation later on. To complete the process, youcreate a sales order with reference to the quotation.

1. Create an inquiry based on the following information:

Field Name Value

Inquiry Type INSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Material T-AS3##Quantity 3 pieces

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 453: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 453/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

You want the inquiry to be processed by the end of the month.

Hint:When creating the inquiry, you can use the Valid to field to maintain a processingdeadline.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Inquiry > Create.

b) Enter the inquiry type and the organizational units on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

d) Enter the data given in the exercise. Do not forget to enter the Valid to date.2. Save the inquiry and write down the number.

___________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 454: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 454/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

a) In the inquiry, choose Sales document > Save .3. Since there is currently a lot of demand for the requested material, you only want

to offer the customer 2 pieces. The quotation should be valid from today until theend of next month . Create the quotation with reference to the inquiry using thefollowing information:

Field Name ValueQuotation Type QTSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Quotation > Create.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 455: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 455/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

b) Enter the quotation type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Choose Create with Reference .

d) Enter your inquiry number or use the search help to retrieve it.

e) Choose Item Selection .f) Change the quantity to 2 pieces.

g) Choose Copy .

h) Enter Valid from and Valid to dates as given in the exercise.

4. Save the quotation and write down the number.___________________________________

a) In the quotation, choose Sales document > Save .

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 456: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 456/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

5. The customer now orders the offered material as a result of the quotation. Createthe corresponding sales order with reference to the quotation using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Purchase order number 8-131Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material T-AS3##Order Quantity 1 piece

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 457: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 457/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Orders > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Choose Create with Reference .

d) Enter your quotation number or use the search help to retrieve it.

e) Enter the requested delivery date.

f) Choose Item Selection .

g) Change the quantity to 1 piece.

h) Choose Copy .

i) Enter the purchase order number.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 458: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 458/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

6. Save the sales order and write down the document number.___________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save .

7. Display the reference status for the item in the inquiry.__________________________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Inquiry > Display.

b) Enter your inquiry number on the initial screen.

c) Choose Environment > Status overview.

d) Expand item 10.

e) The reference status for the inquiry states that it is fully referenced, althoughonly 2 of the 3 units have been copied from the inquiry amount to the

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 32

Page 459: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 459/740

Solution 32: Create Presales Documents.

quotation. When using the standard system settings, an inquiry item is markedas fully referenced as soon as at least a partial quantity of the item has beencopied to a quotation.

8. Display the reference status for the item in the quotation.__________________________________________________

a) Choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution > Sales > Quotation > Display.b) Enter your quotation number on the initial screen.

c) Choose Environment > Status overview.

d) Expand item 10.

e) The reference status for the quotation states that it is partially referenced,since only 1 of the 2 units has been copied from the quotation to the salesorder. When using the standard system settings, a quotation item is marked asfully referenced only when the full quantity has been copied.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 33

Page 460: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 460/740

Exercise 33: Understand the Processing of Presales Documents.

Questions about presales documents.1. Name some of the differences between an inquiry and a quotation.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2. Does an inquiry have to be set up before a quotation can be created?____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3. Does automatic pricing take place during entry of quotations or inquiries?____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 33

Page 461: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 461/740

Exercise 33: Understand the Processing of Presales Documents.

4. Do you have the option of carrying out the availability check in an inquiry or aquotation as you do in the sales order?____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 33

Page 462: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 462/740

Solution 33: Understand the Processing of Presales Documents.

Questions about presales documents.1. Name some of the differences between an inquiry and a quotation.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) Inquiries are customer requests for the sales and distribution conditions of amaterial (price, delivery date, and so on). You provide your customer with therelevant information using quotations.For inquiries, the validity date is used in the system as a processing deadlinefor an answer to the inquiry. Quotations are legally binding during the customervalidity period.

2. Does an inquiry have to be set up before a quotation can be created?____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 33

Page 463: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 463/740

Solution 33: Understand the Processing of Presales Documents.

a) No. Quotations without reference to an inquiry can also be created.3. Does automatic pricing take place during entry of quotations or inquiries?

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) Yes. Automatic pricing takes place (dependent on Customizing) during inquiry

and quotation creation.

4. Do you have the option of carrying out the availability check in an inquiry or aquotation as you do in the sales order?____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

a) Yes. An availability check is carried out during inquiry and quotation entry inthe same way as during sales order entry (dependent on Customizing).

TSCM60_1

Page 464: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 464/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create presales documents

L 2 E i A bl P i

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Lesson 2

Page 465: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 465/740

Lesson 2: Executing Assembly Processing

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Execute the assembly order process

● Explain assembly processing with variant configuration

TSCM60_1 Figure 88: Make-To-Order Flow Unit 8 Lesson 2

Page 466: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 466/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 89: Make-To-Order Production withoutAssembly Processing

Unit 8 Lesson 2

Page 467: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 467/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 90: Make-To-Order Production withAssembly Processing

Unit 8 Lesson 2

Page 468: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 468/740

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 34

Page 469: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 469/740

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

A customer orders a specially lacquered petrol tank from you in accordance with his ownrequirements.

1. A customer orders a petrol tank for his motorbike. The product has to beassembled before it can be shipped. The necessary master data for production (billof material, routing) has already been created. Create a sales order based on thefollowing information:

Field Name ValueOrder Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 8-311Requested delivery date in 10 days

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 34

Page 470: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 470/740

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

Field Name ValueMaterial T-FS1##Order Quantity 1

2. Save the sales order and write down the number.________________________________________

3. Display the sales order that you created in the previous task.Check the procurement data for petrol tank T-FS1## on the schedule line for item10, and write down the number of the assembly order.______________________________________

4. Display the assembly order header. Note the basic dates for the start and finish ofthe assembly order.______________________________________

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 34

Page 471: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 471/740

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

______________________________________5. Which date in the sales order corresponds to the basic end date in the assembly

order?

6. The customer informs you that he would like to have petrol tank T-FS1## delivered8 days later. Change the requested delivery date for item 10 accordingly in the

sales order.7. Display the assembly order from the sales order. Write down how the end date has

changed._______________________________________________________

8. Save the sales order.

9. Production informs you that the petrol tank has been assembled. In materialsmanagement, enter the goods receipt for the assembly order using the followinginformation:

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 34

Page 472: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 472/740

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

Field Name ValueMovement Type 101Order Number of the production orderPlant 1000Storage Location 0001

Hint:To enter the goods receipt in materials management, choose Logistics >Materials Management > Inventory Management > Goods Movement > GoodsReceipt > For Order .

10. Display the stock overview for material T-FS1## in plant 1000.

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 34

Page 473: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 473/740

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

Hint:To display the stock overview in materials management, choose Logistics >Materials Management > Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > StockOverview .

How many pieces are kept in the sales order stock?__________________________

11. Create the outbound delivery with reference to the sales order using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Shipping Point Z0##Selection Date in 20 daysOrder Number of the sales order

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 34

Page 474: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 474/740

Exercise 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

12. Save the outbound delivery and write down the document number._______________________________________________

13. Pick the outbound delivery using the following information:Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010

Delivery Number of the outbound deliveryForeground/Background Background

14. Post the goods issue for the outbound delivery.

15. To conclude, display the stock overview for material T-FS1## a second time. How

many pieces are now kept in the sales order stock in plant 1000?___________________________

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 475: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 475/740

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

A customer orders a specially lacquered petrol tank from you in accordance with his ownrequirements.

1. A customer orders a petrol tank for his motorbike. The product has to beassembled before it can be shipped. The necessary master data for production (billof material, routing) has already been created. Create a sales order based on thefollowing information:

Field Name ValueOrder Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 8-311

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 476: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 476/740

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing.

Field Name ValueRequested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial T-FS1##Order Quantity 1

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information on the overview screen.

2. Save the sales order and write down the number.________________________________________

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 477: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 477/740

y g.

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save . The document number isassigned internally by the system.

3. Display the sales order that you created in the previous task.Check the procurement data for petrol tank T-FS1## on the schedule line for item10, and write down the number of the assembly order.______________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Display .

b) Enter the order number on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Double-click item 10.

e) Choose the Schedule lines tab page.

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 478: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 478/740

y g.

f) Choose Procurement .

g) The document number for the assembly order can be found on the tab page.

4. Display the assembly order header. Note the basic dates for the start and finish ofthe assembly order.______________________________________

______________________________________a) On the Procurement tab page, choose Header .

The relevant dates are displayed on the General tab page.

5. Which date in the sales order corresponds to the basic end date in the assemblyorder?

a) The material availability date of the schedule line corresponds to the basic enddate of the production order.

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 479: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 479/740

y g.

6. The customer informs you that he would like to have petrol tank T-FS1## delivered8 days later. Change the requested delivery date for item 10 accordingly in thesales order.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Change .

b) Enter the number of the sales order on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Change the date in the First date column accordingly.

e) Press ENTER to confirm the change.

7. Display the assembly order from the sales order. Write down how the end date haschanged._______________________________________________________

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 480: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 480/740

.a) In the sales order, double-click item 10.

b) Choose the Schedule lines tab page.

c) Choose Production order . Since the required delivery date was changed in theprevious exercise, a new material availability date was determined in the salesorder. This new date was then transferred to the assembly order as a new basic

end date.8. Save the sales order.

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save .

9. Production informs you that the petrol tank has been assembled. In materialsmanagement, enter the goods receipt for the assembly order using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Movement Type 101

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 481: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 481/740

.

Field Name ValueOrder Number of the production orderPlant 1000Storage Location 0001

Hint:To enter the goods receipt in materials management, choose Logistics >Materials Management > Inventory Management > Goods Movement > GoodsReceipt > For Order .

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Goods Movement > Goods Receipt > For Order .

b) Enter the specified field values on the initial screen of the transaction.

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 482: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 482/740

.c) Press ENTER to call the details of the goods receipt.

d) Choose Goods Receipt > Post .

10. Display the stock overview for material T-FS1## in plant 1000.

Hint:

To display the stock overview in materials management, choose Logistics >Materials Management > Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > StockOverview .

How many pieces are kept in the sales order stock?__________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > Stock Overview .

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 483: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 483/740

.b) Enter the material number and the plant on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Choose Program > Execute .

d) 1 piece of the material is kept in the sales order stock.

11. Create the outbound delivery with reference to the sales order using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Shipping Point Z0##Selection Date in 20 daysOrder Number of the sales order

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 484: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 484/740

.a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

b) Press ENTER to call the document details.

12. Save the outbound delivery and write down the document number.

_______________________________________________a) Choose Outbound Delivery > Save .

13. Pick the outbound delivery using the following information:

Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010Delivery Number of the outbound deliveryForeground/Background Background

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 485: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 485/740

.a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Shipping and Transportation > Picking > Create Transfer Order > SingleDocument .

b) Enter the relevant information on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to create the transfer order for picking.

14. Post the goods issue for the outbound delivery.a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Shipping and Transportation > Post Goods Issue > Outbound Delivery SingleDocument .

b) Enter the number of the outbound delivery on the initial screen.

c) Choose Edit > Post Goods Issue .

Solution 34: Execute Assembly Processing

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 34

Page 486: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 486/740

.15. To conclude, display the stock overview for material T-FS1## a second time. How

many pieces are now kept in the sales order stock in plant 1000?___________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > Stock Overview .

b) Enter the material number and the plant on the initial screen.

c) Choose Program > Execute . There is no more sales order stock.

TSCM60_1 Figure 91: Assembly Processing with VariantConfiguration - Example

Unit 8 Lesson 2

Page 487: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 487/740

Summary

TSCM60_1

Page 488: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 488/740

You should now be able to:

● Execute the assembly order process● Explain assembly processing with variant configuration

Lesson 3: Packing Materials

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Lesson 3

Page 489: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 489/740

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Pack material

TSCM60_1 Figure 92: Packing on Multiple Levels Unit 8 Lesson 3

Page 490: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 490/740

Exercise 35: Pack a Material

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 35

Page 491: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 491/740

.You receive an order from your customer and want to pack the material before it is sent.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 8-4455Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material T-AS2##Order Quantity 10 pieces

Exercise 35: Pack a Material

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 35

Page 492: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 492/740

.2. Save the sales order and write down the order number.

__________________________________

3. Create the outbound delivery with reference to the sales order using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Shipping Point Z0##Selection Date in 10 daysOrder The order number

4. Pack the material into boxes (packaging material PK-100), five pieces per box.

5. Pack the boxes onto a pallet (packaging material PK-095).6. Display the overview of all the created handling units. To which hierarchy level are

the boxes (PK-100) assigned?

Exercise 35: Pack a Material

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 35

Page 493: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 493/740

.____________________________

7. Navigate back to the main screen of the outbound delivery. How many items doesthe document contain?____________________________

8. Save the outbound delivery and write down the document number.

____________________________

Solution 35: Pack a Material

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 35

Page 494: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 494/740

.You receive an order from your customer and want to pack the material before it is sent.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 8-4455Requested delivery date in 10 days

Material T-AS2##Order Quantity 10 pieces

Solution 35: Pack a Material

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 35

Page 495: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 495/740

.a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information.

2. Save the sales order and write down the order number.__________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save .

3. Create the outbound delivery with reference to the sales order using the followinginformation:

Solution 35: Pack a Material

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 35

Page 496: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 496/740

.Field Name Value

Shipping Point Z0##Selection Date in 10 daysOrder The order number

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

b) Enter the relevant information on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the details of the document.

4. Pack the material into boxes (packaging material PK-100), five pieces per box.a) In the outbound delivery, choose Edit > Pack .

Solution 35: Pack a Material

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 35

Page 497: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 497/740

.b) Enter PK-100 as the packaging material in the corresponding column (upper

part of the screen).

c) Press ENTER to confirm the entry.

d) For the material to be packed, change the Partial Quantity to 5 pieces.

e) Press ENTER to adopt the change.

f) Select the line with the packaging material and the line with the material to bepacked.

g) Choose Edit > Pack > New HU for Partial Quantity of Material . The systemautomatically packs the 10 pieces into 2 boxes and creates a correspondingsecond handling unit.

5. Pack the boxes onto a pallet (packaging material PK-095).

a) On the packing screen, choose the Pack HUs tab page.

Page 498: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 498/740

Solution 35: Pack a Material.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 35

Page 499: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 499/740

.a) Choose Goto > Back to navigate to the main screen of the outbound delivery.

b) The system has created two additional items for the packaging materials. Nowthere are three items in the document.

8. Save the outbound delivery and write down the document number.____________________________

a) Choose Outbound Delivery > Save .

SummaryYou should now be able to:

TSCM60_1

Page 500: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 500/740

Pack material

Lesson 4: Selling Service Products

b

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Lesson 4

Page 501: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 501/740

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Sell service products

TSCM60_1 Figure 93: Service Products Unit 8 Lesson 4

Page 502: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 502/740

Exercise 36: Sell a Service Product.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 36

Page 503: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 503/740

Sales orders can also be used to sell services. To test this kind of process, you first have alook at a service product and then use it in the sales process.

1. Display the material master data of the service product T-AS-REPAIR using thefollowing information:Field Name Value

Plant 1000Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12

Note:Select the Basic Data 1 , Sales: Sales Org. Data 1 + 2 , and Sales: General/PlantData views.

2. Which material type has been used for the material?

Exercise 36: Sell a Service Product.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 36

Page 504: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 504/740

_____________________________

3. Which item category has been assigned to the service product?_____________________________

4. To sell the service product, create a sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Purchase order number 8-657Material T-AS-REPAIR

Exercise 36: Sell a Service Product.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Exercise 36

Page 505: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 505/740

Field Name ValueOrder Quantity 1 LE

5. Which item category has been determined for the item?_____________________________

6. Save the sales order and make a note of the document number._____________________________

7. To complete the process, create the invoice with reference to the sales order.Make a note of the document number._____________________________

Solution 36: Sell a Service Product.

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 36

Page 506: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 506/740

Sales orders can also be used to sell services. To test this kind of process, you first have alook at a service product and then use it in the sales process.

1. Display the material master data of the service product T-AS-REPAIR using thefollowing information:

Field Name Value

Plant 1000Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12

Note:Select the Basic Data 1 , Sales: Sales Org. Data 1 + 2 , and Sales: General/PlantData views.

Solution 36: Sell a Service Product.

) F h SAP E A h L i i S l d Di ib i

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 36

Page 507: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 507/740

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Master Data > Products > Material > Services > Display .

b) Enter the material number on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the view selection.

d) Select the relevant views.

e) Choose Continue to confirm your selection.

f) Maintain the relevant organizational units.

g) Choose Continue to call the master record.

2. Which material type has been used for the material?_____________________________

a) On the Basic Data 1 tab page, choose Information on material .

Solution 36: Sell a Service Product.

b) I th i d th t th di t i l t i

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 36

Page 508: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 508/740

b) In the pop-up window, you can see that the corresponding material type is

DIEN.

3. Which item category has been assigned to the service product?_____________________________

a) Choose the Sales: sales org. 2 tab page. The item category LEIS has beenassigned to the material.

4. To sell the service product, create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Solution 36: Sell a Service Product.

i ld l

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 36

Page 509: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 509/740

Field Name Value

Purchase order number 8-657Material T-AS-REPAIROrder Quantity 1 LE

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Create .b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of the

transaction.

c) Maintain the relevant information.

5. Which item category has been determined for the item?_____________________________

Solution 36: Sell a Service Product.

a) Double click the item to call the item details

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 36

Page 510: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 510/740

a) Double-click the item to call the item details.

b) On the top of the screen, you can see that the item category TAD has beendetermined by the system.

6. Save the sales order and make a note of the document number._____________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save .7. To complete the process, create the invoice with reference to the sales order.

Make a note of the document number._____________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Billing > Billing Document > Create .b) Enter the number of the sales order in the Document column.

Solution 36: Sell a Service Product.

c) Choose Billing document > Save to save the invoice

TSCM60_1 Unit 8 Solution 36

Page 511: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 511/740

c) Choose Billing document > Save to save the invoice.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

TSCM60_1

Page 512: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 512/740

● Sell service products

Page 513: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 513/740

Lesson 1: Creating Credit Memo Requests

Lesson Objectives

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Lesson 1

Page 514: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 514/740

jAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create a credit memo request

TSCM60_1 Figure 94: Processes in Complaints Processing Unit 9 Lesson 1

Page 515: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 515/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 95: Processing Credit and Debit Memos Unit 9 Lesson 1

Page 516: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 516/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 96: Approving a Credit Memo Unit 9 Lesson 1

Page 517: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 517/740

Exercise 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.You sell headlights to a customer. After the headlights have been delivered to the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 37

Page 518: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 518/740

customer and he has paid, the customer complains that one of the headlights does notwork. You agree with the customer that he will be given credit for the amount he hasalready paid.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Purchase order number 9-111Requested delivery date in 10 days

Page 519: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 519/740

Exercise 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

4. Save the outbound delivery and record the document number.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 37

Page 520: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 520/740

________________________________

5. Pick the delivery and post the goods issue. To do so, create a transfer order usingthe following information:Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010

Delivery Number of your outbound deliveryForeground/Background BackgroundAdopt Pick Quantity 2 (include pick quantities in delivery

and post GI)

6. Create the billing document with reference to the outbound delivery. Make a noteof the document number.___________________________________

Exercise 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

7. The customer complains that 1 headlight does not work. Create a corresponding

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 37

Page 521: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 521/740

credit memo request with reference to the sales order based on the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Order Type CRSales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 12Division 00

8. Maintain Damaged in transit as the order reason.

9. Save the credit memo request and record the document number.

___________________________________10. Release the credit memo request for billing by removing the billing block.

Exercise 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

11. Create the credit memo for the credit memo request and make a note of the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 37

Page 522: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 522/740

document number.___________________________________

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.You sell headlights to a customer. After the headlights have been delivered to the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 523: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 523/740

customer and he has paid, the customer complains that one of the headlights does notwork. You agree with the customer that he will be given credit for the amount he hasalready paid.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type ORSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##

Purchase order number 9-111Requested delivery date in 10 days

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

Field Name Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 524: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 524/740

Material T-AS1##Order quantity 5 pieces

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information.

2. Save the order and write down the document number.________________________________

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save . The document number is

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 525: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 525/740

assigned internally by the system.3. Create an outbound delivery for the previous sales order using the following

information:

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##

Selection date in 20 daysOrder Your order number

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

b) Enter the relevant information on the initial screen of the transaction.

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 526: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 526/740

4. Save the outbound delivery and record the document number.________________________________

a) In the outbound delivery, choose Outbound Delivery > Save . The documentnumber is assigned internally by the system.

5. Pick the delivery and post the goods issue. To do so, create a transfer order usingthe following information:

Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010Delivery Number of your outbound deliveryForeground/Background Background

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

Field Name Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 527: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 527/740

Adopt Pick Quantity 2 (include pick quantities in deliveryand post GI)

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Picking > Create Transfer Order > SingleDocument.

b) Enter the relevant information on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to allow the system to create the transfer order.

6. Create the billing document with reference to the outbound delivery. Make a noteof the document number.

___________________________________

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 528: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 528/740

Billing > Billing Document > Create.b) Enter the number of the outbound delivery on the initial screen.

c) Choose Billing document > Save . The document number is assigned internallyby the system.

7. The customer complains that 1 headlight does not work. Create a correspondingcredit memo request with reference to the sales order based on the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Order Type CRSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

Field Name Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 529: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 529/740

Division 00

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create.

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen of the

transaction.c) Choose Sales document > Create with Reference .

d) Select the Order tab page.

e) Enter the number of the sales order.

f) Choose Item Selection .

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

g) On the selection list, reduce the quantity to 1 piece.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 530: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 530/740

h) Choose Edit > Copy to copy the item to the credit memo request.

8. Maintain Damaged in transit as the order reason.

a) In the credit memo request, choose the Sales tab page.

b) Choose the order reason in the respective field.

9. Save the credit memo request and record the document number.___________________________________

a) Choose Sales document > Save . The document number is assigned internallyby the system.

10. Release the credit memo request for billing by removing the billing block.a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Order > Change.

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

b) Enter the number of the credit memo request on the initial screen of the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 531: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 531/740

transaction.c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

d) Select the Sales or Item overview tab page.

e) Remove the billing block by choosing the last (empty) entry in thecorresponding drop-down list.

f) Choose Sales document > Save to adopt the change.

11. Create the credit memo for the credit memo request and make a note of thedocument number.___________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Create.

Solution 37: Create a Credit Memo Request.

b) Enter the number of the credit memo request on the initial screen of the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 37

Page 532: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 532/740

transaction.c) Choose Billing document > Save to create the credit memo. The document

number is assigned internally by the system.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create a credit memo request

TSCM60_1

Page 533: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 533/740

Lesson 2: Cancelling Billing Documents

Lesson Objectives

Af l i hi l ill b bl

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Lesson 2

Page 534: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 534/740

After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Cancel a billing document

TSCM60_1 Figure 97: Canceling a Billing Document Unit 9 Lesson 2

Page 535: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 535/740

Exercise 38: Cancel a Billing Document.Sometimes billing documents have to be canceled due to errors in the document (for

l d t i t t d t )

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 38

Page 536: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 536/740

example, errors due to incorrect master data).1. Cancel the credit memo that you created during the last exercise.

2. Display the document flow for your credit memo. Make a note of the number of thecancellation document.__________________________________

Solution 38: Cancel a Billing Document.Sometimes billing documents have to be canceled due to errors in the document (for

l d t i t t d t )

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 38

Page 537: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 537/740

example, errors due to incorrect master data).1. Cancel the credit memo that you created during the last exercise.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Cancel.

b) Enter the document number of the credit memo on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Choose Billing document > Save to cancel the credit memo.

2. Display the document flow for your credit memo. Make a note of the number of thecancellation document.__________________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Display.

Solution 38: Cancel a Billing Document.

b) Enter the number of the credit memo on the screen.

c) Choose Environment > Display document flow You can find the number of the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 38

Page 538: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 538/740

c) Choose Environment > Display document flow . You can find the number of thecreated cancellation document in the document flow.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Cancel a billing document

TSCM60_1

Page 539: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 539/740

Lesson 3: Creating Invoice Correction Requests

Lesson Objectives

After completing this lesson you will be able to:

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Lesson 3

Page 540: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 540/740

After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Create an invoice correction request

TSCM60_1 Figure 98: Processing Invoice Corrections Unit 9 Lesson 3

Page 541: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 541/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 99: Invoice Correction Procedure Unit 9 Lesson 3

Page 542: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 542/740

Exercise 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.A customer orders headlights. The material is delivered on time and billed accordingly.However, the customer complains that an agreed discount has not been taken intoaccount on the invoice You use an invoice correction request to resolve this issue

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 39

Page 543: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 543/740

account on the invoice. You use an invoice correction request to resolve this issue.

1. Create a sales order using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type OR

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 9-222

Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial T-AS1##

Exercise 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

Field Name Value

Order quantity 5 pieces

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 39

Page 544: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 544/740

Order quantity 5 pieces

Ensure that no customer discount is recorded in the sales order.

2. Save the order and write down the document number.________________________________

3. Create an outbound delivery for the previous sales order using the followinginformation:Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##Selection date in 20 days

Order Your order number

Exercise 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

4. Save the outbound delivery and record the document number.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 39

Page 545: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 545/740

________________________________5. Pick the delivery and post the goods issue. To do so, create a transfer order using

the following information:Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010

Delivery Number of your outbound deliveryForeground/Background BackgroundAdopt Pick Quantity 2 (include pick quantities in delivery

and post GI)

6. Create the billing document with reference to the outbound delivery. Make a noteof the document number.___________________________________

Exercise 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

7. The customer complains that an agreed discount is missing on the invoice. Createa corresponding invoice correction request with reference to the billing document,based on the following information:

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 39

Page 546: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 546/740

based on the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type RKSales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00

8. How many items does the document contain?______________

9. Maintain Price discrepancy: price was too high as the order reason.

Exercise 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

10. Record a customer-specific discount of 10% in item 20 using the condition typeK007.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 39

Page 547: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 547/740

11. What is the net value of the document?______________

12. Save the invoice correction request and record the document number.___________________________________

13. Release the invoice correction request for billing by removing the billing block.

14. Create the credit memo for the invoice correction request and make a note of thedocument number.___________________________________

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.A customer orders headlights. The material is delivered on time and billed accordingly.However, the customer complains that an agreed discount has not been taken intoaccount on the invoice. You use an invoice correction request to resolve this issue.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 548: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 548/740

q

1. Create a sales order using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type OR

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Purchase order number 9-222

Requested delivery date in 10 daysMaterial T-AS1##

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

Field Name Value

Order quantity 5 pieces

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 549: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 549/740

Ensure that no customer discount is recorded in the sales order.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the order details.

d) Maintain the relevant information.

e) Double-click item 10 to call the item details.f) Choose the Conditions tab page.

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

g) If the system has determined a customer discount (for example, usingcondition type K007), select the corresponding line and choose Delete Row .

2 S h d d i d h d b

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 550: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 550/740

2. Save the order and write down the document number.________________________________

a) In the sales order, choose Sales document > Save . The document number isassigned internally by the system.

3. Create an outbound delivery for the previous sales order using the followinginformation:

Field Name Value

Shipping point Z0##Selection date in 20 days

Order Your order number

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 551: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 551/740

b) Enter the relevant information on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

4. Save the outbound delivery and record the document number.________________________________

a) In the outbound delivery, choose Outbound Delivery > Save . The documentnumber is assigned internally by the system.

5. Pick the delivery and post the goods issue. To do so, create a transfer order usingthe following information:

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

Field Name Value

Warehouse Number 010D li N b f tb d d li

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 552: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 552/740

Delivery Number of your outbound deliveryForeground/Background BackgroundAdopt Pick Quantity 2 (include pick quantities in delivery

and post GI)

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Shipping and Transportation > Picking > Create Transfer Order > SingleDocument.

b) Enter the relevant information on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Press ENTER to allow the system to create the transfer order.

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

6. Create the billing document with reference to the outbound delivery. Make a noteof the document number.___________________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 553: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 553/740

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document> Create.

b) Enter the number of the outbound delivery on the initial screen.

c) Choose Billing document > Save . The document number is assigned internallyby the system.

7. The customer complains that an agreed discount is missing on the invoice. Createa corresponding invoice correction request with reference to the billing document,based on the following information:

Field Name ValueOrder Type RK

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

Field Name Value

Sales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 554: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 554/740

Distribution Channel 12Division 00

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create.

b) Enter the order type and the organizational data on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Choose Sales document > Create with Reference .

d) Enter the number of the billing document in the dialog box.

e) Choose Copy .

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

8. How many items does the document contain?______________

a) The document contains two items whose amounts annul each other

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 555: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 555/740

a) The document contains two items whose amounts annul each other.

9. Maintain Price discrepancy: price was too high as the order reason.

a) In the invoice correction request, choose the Sales tab page.

b) Choose the order reason in the respective field.

10. Record a customer-specific discount of 10% in item 20 using the condition typeK007.

a) Double-click item 20 to call the item details.

b) Choose the Conditions tab page.

c) In the first empty line, enter condition type K007 and an amount of 10 (%).

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

d) Press ENTER to adopt the discount.

11. What is the net value of the document?

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 556: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 556/740

______________

a) Navigate to the overview screen.

b) The net value of the document corresponds to the value of the granteddiscount.

12. Save the invoice correction request and record the document number.___________________________________

a) Choose Sales document > Save . The document number is assigned internallyby the system.

13. Release the invoice correction request for billing by removing the billing block.

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Change.

b) Enter the number of the invoice correction request on the initial screen of the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 557: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 557/740

b) Enter the number of the invoice correction request on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

d) Select the Sales or Item overview tab page.

e) Remove the billing block by choosing the last (empty) entry in thecorresponding dropdown list.

f) Choose Sales document > Save to adopt the change.

14. Create the credit memo for the invoice correction request and make a note of the

document number.___________________________________

Solution 39: Create an Invoice Correction Request.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Create.

b) Enter the number of the invoice correction request on the initial screen of the

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 39

Page 558: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 558/740

) qtransaction.

c) Choose Billing document > Save to create the credit memo. The documentnumber is assigned internally by the system.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create an invoice correction request

TSCM60_1

Page 559: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 559/740

Lesson 4: Creating Returns

Lesson Objectives

After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Lesson 4

Page 560: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 560/740

● Create returns

TSCM60_1 Figure 100: Returns Processing Unit 9 Lesson 4

Page 561: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 561/740

Exercise 40: Create a Return.A customer contacts you and informs you that he has bought too many headlights. Thecustomer wants to return them to get the money back. Since you do very good businesswith this customer, you agree that the material can be sent back and that the customerwill be credited with the amount paid.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 40

Page 562: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 562/740

will be credited with the amount paid.

1. Create a returns document using the following information:Field Name Value

Order Type RESales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Material T-AS1##Quantity 5 pieces

Exercise 40: Create a Return.

Field Name Value

Order reason Quantity discrepancy

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 40

Page 563: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 563/740

2. Save the returns document and record the document number._____________________________

3. The headlights have arrived. Create the returns delivery document for theheadlight using the following information:Field Name Value

Shipping Point Z0##Order Number of the return document

4. Post the goods receipt and make a note of the returns delivery document number.____________________________

Exercise 40: Create a Return.

5. Check the stock overview for the headlight in plant 1000. To which kind of specialstock has the quantity of the material been posted?____________________________

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Exercise 40

Page 564: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 564/740

6. Release the returns document for billing by removing the billing block.

7. Create the credit memo with reference to the returns document and make a noteof the document number.____________________________

Solution 40: Create a Return.A customer contacts you and informs you that he has bought too many headlights. Thecustomer wants to return them to get the money back. Since you do very good businesswith this customer, you agree that the material can be sent back and that the customerwill be credited with the amount paid.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 40

Page 565: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 565/740

p

1. Create a returns document using the following information:

Field Name Value

Order Type RESales Organization 1000Distribution Channel 12Division 00Sold-to party T-S50A##Material T-AS1##Quantity 5 pieces

Solution 40: Create a Return.

Field Name Value

Order reason Quantity discrepancy

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 40

Page 566: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 566/740

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Create .

b) Enter the order type and the organizational units on the initial screen of thetransaction.

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

d) Maintain the relevant information.

2. Save the returns document and record the document number._____________________________

a) Choose Sales document > Save . The document number is assigned internallyby the system.

Solution 40: Create a Return.

3. The headlights have arrived. Create the returns delivery document for theheadlight using the following information:

Field Name Value

Shipping Point Z0##

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 40

Page 567: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 567/740

Shipping Point Z0##Order Number of the return document

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Shipping and Transportation > Outbound Delivery > Create > Single Document >With Reference to Sales Order .

b) Enter the shipping point and the document number on the initial screen.

c) Press ENTER to call the delivery details.

4. Post the goods receipt and make a note of the returns delivery document number.____________________________

Solution 40: Create a Return.

a) In the delivery, choose Edit > Post Goods Receipt . The document is savedautomatically and the number is assigned internally by the system.

5. Check the stock overview for the headlight in plant 1000. To which kind of specialstock has the quantity of the material been posted?

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 40

Page 568: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 568/740

stock has the quantity of the material been posted?____________________________

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Materials Management >Inventory Management > Environment > Stock > Stock Overview.

b) Enter the material number and the plant on the initial screen of the transaction.

c) Choose Program > Execute to navigate to the stock overview.

d) Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the screen and scroll to the right. Thequantity has been posted to the returns stock.

6. Release the returns document for billing by removing the billing block.

Solution 40: Create a Return.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales > Order > Change.

b) Enter the document number on the screen.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 40

Page 569: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 569/740

c) Press ENTER to call the document details.

d) Choose the Sales or Item overview tab page.

e) Remove the billing block by choosing the last entry (blank) from the drop-downlist.

f) Choose Sales document > Save to adopt the change.

7. Create the credit memo with reference to the returns document and make a noteof the document number.

____________________________

Solution 40: Create a Return.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Billing > Billing Document > Create.

b) Enter the number of the returns document on the initial screen.

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Solution 40

Page 570: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 570/740

c) Choose Billing document > Save .

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Create returns

TSCM60_1

Page 571: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 571/740

Lesson 5: Performing Advanced Returns Management

Lesson Objectives

After completing this lesson, you will be able to:

Perform ad anced ret rns management

TSCM60_1 Unit 9 Lesson 5

Page 572: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 572/740

● Perform advanced returns management

TSCM60_1 Figure 101: Document Flow in the Advanced

Returns Management

Unit 9 Lesson 5

Page 573: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 573/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 102: Screen Layout of Returns Overview Unit 9 Lesson 5

Page 574: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 574/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Perform advanced returns management

TSCM60_1

Page 575: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 575/740

Unit 10: Lists and Analytics for Sales and DistributionProcesses

Lesson 1: Using Lists and Reports

Lesson 2: Performing Analyses in Sales and Distribution

Page 576: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 576/740

Lesson 1: Using Lists and Reports

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Explain the sources of information in Sales and Distribution

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Lesson 1

Page 577: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 577/740

Explain the sources of information in Sales and Distribution

● Analyze data using lists and reports

TSCM60_1 Figure 103: Sources of Sales and Distribution

Information

Unit 10 Lesson 1

Page 578: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 578/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 104: Lists and Reports Unit 10 Lesson 1

Page 579: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 579/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 105: How to Use Standard Document Lists Unit 10 Lesson 1

Page 580: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 580/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 106: Documents with a Specific Status Unit 10 Lesson 1

Page 581: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 581/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 107: Processing Worklists Unit 10 Lesson 1

Page 582: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 582/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 108: Document Flow Unit 10 Lesson 1

Page 583: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 583/740

Exercise 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.During daily business, it is essential for sales employees that they can find certain salesdocuments in the system (for example, incomplete orders or open quotations). To do this,

they can use several lists and reports that are available in SAP ERP. You will now work withthe list of sales orders as an example.

1 Check whether there are any open orders for material T AS3## for the current and

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Exercise 41

Page 584: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 584/740

1. Check whether there are any open orders for material T-AS3## for the current andthe past month. Use a suitable list to do this.

2. Display a list of all the orders that have been created for material T-AS1## in the

course of this month.3. Branch to an order and enter the employee Melanie Mayer (personnel number

1701) as a sales representative. Return to the list.

Hint:You can branch to an order by double-clicking the entry.

Exercise 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

4. Choose the display variant Order item .

5. Sort the list in ascending order based on sold-to party numbers.

6. Restrict the list to standard orders.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Exercise 41

Page 585: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 585/740

7. Determine the net value that has been obtained for this material in the given periodof time.

8. Move the document number column to the left end of the list and delete thepurchasing order column from the list.

9. Include the information on the plant and shipping point at the end of the list.

10. Display subtotals for each sold-to party.

11. Save your processed list as a user-specific display variant with the name: Layout

SCM6 -## and the description Order list ## .

Exercise 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

12. Set your layout SCM600-## as the initial variant.

13. Send the list including a short note as express mail to another course participant,and a copy to yourself.

14. Call the list using your variant and material T-AS2##.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Exercise 41

Page 586: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 586/740

g y

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.During daily business, it is essential for sales employees that they can find certain salesdocuments in the system (for example, incomplete orders or open quotations). To do this,

they can use several lists and reports that are available in SAP ERP. You will now work withthe list of sales orders as an example.

1 Check whether there are any open orders for material T-AS3## for the current and

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 587: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 587/740

1. Check whether there are any open orders for material T-AS3## for the current andthe past month. Use a suitable list to do this.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >

Sales > Information System > Orders > List of Sales Orders.b) Enter T-AS3## in the Material field.

c) Choose Open sales orders .

d) Maintain the time slot using the Document Date fields.

e) Press ENTER to confirm the selection criteria and to populate the list.

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

2. Display a list of all the orders that have been created for material T-AS1## in thecourse of this month.

a) In the list, choose Goto > Back to navigate back to the selection screen.

b) Enter T-AS1## in the Material field.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 588: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 588/740

c) Enter appropriate document dates.

d) Choose All orders .

e) Press ENTER to confirm the selection criteria and to populate the list.

3. Branch to an order and enter the employee Melanie Mayer (personnel number1701) as a sales representative. Return to the list.

Hint:You can branch to an order by double-clicking the entry.

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

a) Double-click one of the selected sales orders.

b) Choose Goto > Header > Partner .

c) Enter partner function: Sales employee with partner (personnel) number 1701.

d) Choose Save and to navigate back to the list

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 589: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 589/740

d) Choose Save and to navigate back to the list.

4. Choose the display variant Order item .

a) Choose Settings > Layouts > Choose .b) Choose Order item .

c) Take a look at the layout now containing item information, for example materialnumber and quantity.

5. Sort the list in ascending order based on sold-to party numbers.

a) Select the Sold-to party column.

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

b) Choose Sort in ascending order .

6. Restrict the list to standard orders.

a) Select the Sales Document Type column.

b) Choose Set filter

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 590: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 590/740

b) Choose Set filter .

c) Enter sales document type OR .

d) Choose ENTER (Execute).7. Determine the net value that has been obtained for this material in the given period

of time.

a) Select the Net value column.

b) Choose Add up values .

8. Move the document number column to the left end of the list and delete thepurchasing order column from the list.

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

a) Choose Current... .

b) From the Displayed Columns section, select the Sales Document entry.

c) Choose Selected Fields Up several times.

d) Optionally you can use drag and drop to move entries up and down

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 591: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 591/740

d) Optionally, you can use drag and drop to move entries up and down.

e) From the Displayed Columns section, select the Purchase order number field.

f) Choose Hide selected fields . g) Optionally, you can use drag and drop to move entries from left to right.

h) Choose Adopt (ENTER).

9. Include the information on the plant and shipping point at the end of the list.

a) Choose Current... .

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

b) From the Column Set section, select the fields Plant and Shipping Point/Receiving Pt .

c) Choose Show selected fields n.

d) Move the two fields down using Selected Fields Down .

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 592: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 592/740

e) Choose Adopt (ENTER).

10. Display subtotals for each sold-to party.

a) Select the Sold-to party column.

b) Choose Subtotal .

11. Save your processed list as a user-specific display variant with the name: LayoutSCM6 -## and the description Order list ## .

a) Choose Settings > Layouts > Save .

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

b) Enter the layout SCM6 -## with the name Order list ## .

c) Select the User-Specific check-box.

d) Choose Adopt (ENTER).

12 Set your layout SCM600-## as the initial variant

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 593: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 593/740

12. Set your layout SCM600 ## as the initial variant.

a) Choose Settings > Layouts > Administration .

b) Select your layout and choose Define default setting .c) Choose Save .

d) Choose Goto > Back .

13. Send the list including a short note as express mail to another course participant,and a copy to yourself.

a) Choose List > Save > Office .

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

b) Enter any message text.

c) Enter any SCM600-## user ID into the Recipient column.

d) Enter your user ID as recipient as well.

e) Select the Express mail check-box, which you can find next to the Recipient

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 594: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 594/740

e) Select the Express mail check box, which you can find next to the RecipientType drop-down list.

f) Choose Document > Send .

14. Call the list using your variant and material T-AS2##.

a) Restart the transaction by choosing Logistics > Sales and Distribution > Sales >Information System > Orders > List of Sales Orders from the SAP Easy Accessmenu.

b) Enter the material number on the initial screen.

Solution 41: Analyze Data Using Lists and Reports.

c) Press ENTER to populate the list. The list is started using your display variant.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 41

Page 595: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 595/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Explain the sources of information in Sales and Distribution

● Analyze data using lists and reports

TSCM60_1

Page 596: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 596/740

Lesson 2: Performing Analyses in Sales and Distribution

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Analyze data using the Sales Information System (SIS)

E l i d l i i h SAP B i W h

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 597: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 597/740

● Explain data analysis in the SAP Business Warehouse

TSCM60_1 Figure 109: Information Systems in SAP ERP Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 598: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 598/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 110: Information Systems of the LIS Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 599: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 599/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 111: Data Warehouse Concepts Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 600: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 600/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 112: Composition of InformationStructures

Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 601: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 601/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 113: Information Structures in SD Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 602: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 602/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 114: Standard Analyses Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 603: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 603/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 115: Flexible Analyses Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 604: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 604/740

Exercise 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).You will run standard analyses using the Sales Information System and test the various

reporting functions.1. Review the customer sales history for this month by performing a standard

customer analysis for all customers in sales organization 1000 and distributionchannel 12 Save your selection as selection variant KA-##

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Exercise 42

Page 605: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 605/740

channel 12. Save your selection as selection variant KA ##.

Hint:

Make sure that the Division field is blank on the selection screen.

2. Change the analysis settings to display the customer number and the customername.

3. Note down the value of the incoming orders for customer T-S50A##. Do not exit

the analysis.Incoming orders T-S50A##: ______________________________

Exercise 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

4. Drill down the analysis to the bottom level. Note down the characteristics that are

used in the analysis.Level of Hierarchy Characteristic

1.

2

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Exercise 42

Page 606: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 606/740

2.

3.

4.5.

6.

Exercise 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

Hint:To reach the next level of the analysis, place the cursor on a characteristic in theleft-hand column and choose Detail . Optionally, double-click the characteristic.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Exercise 42

Page 607: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 607/740

5. Compare the sequence recorded above with the standard drilldown for thisanalysis.

6. Display a list of all possible key figures for your customer T-S50A##. Note downtwo key figures with values that are not included in your display (for example, costsfor incoming orders and sales volume).Key Figure Value

1.

2.

Exercise 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

7. Add the key figures Incoming orders quantity and Billing quantity to your standard

analysis.8. Compare the two key figures Sales and Invoiced Sales: Cost . Note down the totals

for these two values and the percentage difference from both key figures.Sales:

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Exercise 42

Page 608: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 608/740

Sales: ____________________________________________Invoiced sales: cost ____________________________________________

%: ______________________________________________9. Close the comparison. Change the drilldown to show the data broken down by

material.

10. Create a Top 3 list of your materials by sales and display the results aspercentages.

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).You will run standard analyses using the Sales Information System and test the various

reporting functions.1. Review the customer sales history for this month by performing a standard

customer analysis for all customers in sales organization 1000 and distributionchannel 12. Save your selection as selection variant KA-##.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 609: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 609/740

y

Hint:

Make sure that the Division field is blank on the selection screen.

a) From the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics > Sales and Distribution >Sales Information System > Standard Analyses > Customer .

b) Enter the selection criteria.

c) Remove any entry in the Division field.

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

d) Choose Goto > Variants > Save as Variant .

e) Enter KA-## as the variant name and any description.

f) Choose Variant > Save .

g) Choose Customer Analysis > Execute to start the analysis

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 610: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 610/740

g) Choose Customer Analysis > Execute to start the analysis.

2. Change the analysis settings to display the customer number and the customer

name.a) Choose Settings > Characteristic display > Key and description .

3. Note down the value of the incoming orders for customer T-S50A##. Do not exitthe analysis.Incoming orders T-S50A##: ______________________________

a) The values are in the Total line and the Incoming orders column.

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

4. Drill down the analysis to the bottom level. Note down the characteristics that are

used in the analysis.Level of Hierarchy Characteristic

1.

2.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 611: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 611/740

2.

3.

4.5.

6.

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

Hint:To reach the next level of the analysis, place the cursor on a characteristic in theleft-hand column and choose Detail . Optionally, double-click the characteristic.

a) Double-click the characteristics until you reach the last level

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 612: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 612/740

a) Double click the characteristics until you reach the last level.

b) The different characteristics are sold-to party, month, sales organization,

distribution channel, division, and material.

5. Compare the sequence recorded above with the standard drilldown for thisanalysis.

a) Choose Extras > Display standard drilldown .The recorded sequence corresponds to the standard drilldown.

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

6. Display a list of all possible key figures for your customer T-S50A##. Note downtwo key figures with values that are not included in your display (for example, costsfor incoming orders and sales volume).

Key Figure Value

1.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 613: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 613/740

2.

a) Place the cursor on the value for a key figure of the customer.

b) Choose Extras > All Key Figures .

7. Add the key figures Incoming orders quantity and Billing quantity to your standardanalysis.

a) On the main screen of the analysis, choose Edit > Choose key figures .

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

b) Find the key figures mentioned in the exercise and move them to the Selectioncriteria section using the Choose icon.

c) Choose Continue (ENTER).

8. Compare the two key figures Sales and Invoiced Sales: Cost . Note down the totalsfor these two values and the percentage difference from both key figures

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 614: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 614/740

for these two values and the percentage difference from both key figures.Sales: ____________________________________________

Invoiced sales: cost ____________________________________________%: ______________________________________________

a) Place the cursor on the header of the Sales column.

b) Choose Edit > Comparisons > Two key figures.

c) Select Invoiced sls: cost .

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

d) Choose Continue (ENTER).

e) The relevant values are displayed on the screen.

9. Close the comparison. Change the drilldown to show the data broken down bymaterial.

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 615: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 615/740

a) Choose Close to close the comparison.

b) Choose View > Switch drilldown > Material .c) Choose Continue (ENTER).

10. Create a Top 3 list of your materials by sales and display the results aspercentages.

a) Place the cursor in the Sales field.

Solution 42: Analyze Data Using the Sales Information System(SIS).

b) Choose View > Top N .

c) Enter 3 in the Number field.

d) Choose Continue (ENTER).

e) Choose Settings > Value display > Percent .

TSCM60_1 Unit 10 Solution 42

Page 616: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 616/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 116: BI Architecture Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 617: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 617/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 117: SAP NetWeaver BI Info Providers Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 618: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 618/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 118: BI Content Unit 10 Lesson 2

Page 619: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 619/740

Page 620: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 620/740

Unit 11: Enterprise Structures in Sales and Distribution

Lesson 1: Setting Up Enterprise Structures

Page 621: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 621/740

Lesson 1: Setting Up Enterprise Structures

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Set up enterprise structures

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 622: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 622/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 119: Enterprise Structures in the SAPSystem

Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 623: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 623/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 120: Integration of Sales in FinancialAccounting

Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 624: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 624/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 121: Organizational Structures in Sales Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 625: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 625/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 122: Sales Organization Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 626: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 626/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 123: Distribution Channel Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 627: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 627/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 124: Division Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 628: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 628/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 125: Sales Area Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 629: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 629/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 126: Sales Office and Sales Group Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 630: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 630/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 127: Plant Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 631: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 631/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 128: Delivering Plant Unit 11 Lesson 1

Page 632: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 632/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.Business Example

You are part of the project team that is implementing the SAP system at your company.As the employee responsible for sales, you need to understand the structure that hasalready been created and verify the settings. You have to expand the existing enterprisestructure for your sales organization to include the new eSales distribution channel.

Hint:The required settings are located in Customizing for Enterprise Structure You can find some

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 633: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 633/740

The required settings are located in Customizing for Enterprise Structure . You can find someof the organizational data in Sales and Distribution and other data in the Financial Accounting ,Logistics - General , and logical execution areas.

Set up your enterprise structures for sales and distribution in the SAP system.

Task 1

1. Navigate to the definition of the organizational units and complete the Enterprise

Structures data sheet.

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

2.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 634: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 634/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

What is the description of your sales organization 1000? Which currency is used to updatethe statistics? What is the name and the address of the sales organization?

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 635: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 635/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

3.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 636: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 636/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Which distribution channels have been defined for Final customer sale and Service ?

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 637: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 637/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

4.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 638: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 638/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Which division has been created for the Cross-division sales?

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 639: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 639/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Task 2

Familiarize yourself with the enterprise structures that are relevant for sales and that havebeen configured as organizational structures.

1. Navigate to the assignment of the organizational units and complete the EnterpriseStructure data sheet.

2 The organizational units determined above have been used to configure various

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 640: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 640/740

2. The organizational units determined above have been used to configure various

sales areas for your sales organization 1000 .Which sales areas have been defined?SalesOrganization

DistributionChannel

Division

The sales area 1000

The sales area 1000

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

3. Determine the sales offices responsible for managing sales in the sales area 1000/10/00 .

4. Add some examples of the sales groups assigned to the sales offices that you listed.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 641: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 641/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

5. Which company code does your sales organization belong to?

Which currency is defined for this company code?

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 642: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 642/740

6. Enter the delivering plants that are assigned to the sales organization 1000 and thedistribution channel 10 in your data sheet.

Task 3Optional:

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.To meet the goal of establishing new sales possibilities, the management has approved aproject for establishing eSales as a new sales channel at your company. The managementwants to track the sales and revenues from these transactions separately. In addition,

pricing procedures that are different from all other sales processes must be possible.Configure the new organizational units that you will need.

1. Create a new distribution channel for eSales.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 643: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 643/740

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Hint:Use the Define distribution channel function. Do not use the Copy, delete, check

distribution channel function.Background:

The Define distribution channel function (only) creates a new distribution channel.The Copy, delete, check distribution channel function is a much more powerfulfunction and it allows you to copy all the distribution channel-specific settingsf h l Y l f hi h i i l Thi f i

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 644: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 644/740

from the template. You can also perform this synchronization later. This function

is extremely useful in projects. However, in this course, you are responsible forperforming the corresponding Customizing steps yourself.

Distribution channel: Y = 70 + ## (for example, for group 19: Y = 70 + 19 = 89)Description: eSales ##

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

2. A separate team of employees is being trained to process the orders that arereceived through eSales. Organizationally, these employees will be grouped in asales office. Set up the new sales office Ze## eOffice ## for this group. Use the

sales office 1000 as a template.

Task 4

Optional:Enhance the existing sales organization structures by integrating the new organizational

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 645: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 645/740

Enhance the existing sales organization structures by integrating the new organizationalunits.

1. Assign the new distribution channel to your sales organization Z000 .

2. Build new sales areas with your sales organization Z000 ; the new distributionchannel; and the divisions 00 , 01 , and 07 .

Exercise 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

3. Ensure that deliveries for orders from the new sales areas can take place at yourdistribution centers at the Hamburg , Dresden , and Stuttgart plants.

4. Configure Customizing so that the orders that are entered for your new sales area Z000/ Y / 00 can be assigned to your new sales office ZE## eOffice ## .

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Exercise 43

Page 646: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 646/740

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.Business Example

You are part of the project team that is implementing the SAP system at your company.As the employee responsible for sales, you need to understand the structure that hasalready been created and verify the settings. You have to expand the existing enterprisestructure for your sales organization to include the new eSales distribution channel.

Hint:The required settings are located in Customizing for Enterprise Structure . You can find someof the organizational data in Sales and Distribution and other data in the Financial Accounting

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 647: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 647/740

of the organizational data in Sales and Distribution and other data in the Financial Accounting ,

Logistics - General , and logical execution areas.

Set up your enterprise structures for sales and distribution in the SAP system.

Task 1

1. Navigate to the definition of the organizational units and complete the Enterprise

Structures data sheet.

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Definition → Sales andDistribution → Define, copy, delete, check sales organization .

2.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 648: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 648/740

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

What is the description of your sales organization 1000? Which currency is used to updatethe statistics? What is the name and the address of the sales organization?.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 649: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 649/740

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

a) In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Define Sales Organization .

b) On the Change View “Sales organizations”: Overview screen, double-click SOrg. 1000 .

c) On the Change View “Sales organizations”: Details screen, the system displaysthe following data:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Sales Organization 1000 Germany Frankfurt

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 650: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 650/740

Statistics currency EUR

d) Choose the Address pushbutton. The system displays the following data:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Name IDES Deutschl-Ffrn

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Field Name or Data Type Value

Street/House number Friedrich-Naumann-Straße 16

Postal Code/City 60486 Frankfurt/M

3.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 651: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 651/740

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Which distribution channels have been defined for Final customer sale and Service ?.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 652: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 652/740

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Definition → Sales andDistribution → Define, copy, delete, check distribution channel .

b) In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Define distribution channel .

c) On the Change View “Distribution channels”: Overview screen, the systemdisplays the following data:

Field Name or Data Type Distribution Channel

Final customer sales 10

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 653: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 653/740

Service 14

4.

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Which division has been created for the Cross-division sales?.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 654: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 654/740

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Definition → Logistics -General → Define, copy, delete, check division .

b) In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Define Division .

c) On the Change View “Divisions”: Overview screen, the system displays thefollowing data:

Division Name

Cross-division 00

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 655: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 655/740

Task 2

Familiarize yourself with the enterprise structures that are relevant for sales and that havebeen configured as organizational structures.

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

1. Navigate to the assignment of the organizational units and complete the EnterpriseStructure data sheet.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales andDistribution → Set up sales area .

2. The organizational units determined above have been used to configure varioussales areas for your sales organization 1000 .Which sales areas have been defined?

Sales Distribution Division

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 656: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 656/740

Organization ChannelThe sales area 1000

The sales area 1000

a) On the Change View “Assignment Sales Org. - Distribution Channel - Division” :screen, the system displays the following data:

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Sales Organization Distribution Channel Division

1000 10 00

1000 14 00

3. Determine the sales offices responsible for managing sales in the sales area 1000/10/00 .

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 657: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 657/740

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales andDistribution → Assign sales office to sales area .

b) On the Change View “Assignment Sales Office-Sales Area”: Overview screen,choose the Position button and search for sales organization 1000 , distributionchannel 10 , and division 00 . The system displays the following data:

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Sales Office Name

1000 Office Frankfurt

1010 Office Hamburg

1030 Office Stuttgart

4. Add some examples of the sales groups assigned to the sales offices that you listed.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 658: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 658/740

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales andDistribution → Assign sales group to sales office . The system displays thefollowing data:

Sales Office Sales Group Description

1000 100 Gr. F1 Mr. Anton

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Sales Office Sales Group Description

1000 101 Gr. F2 Mr. Mayer

1000 103 Gr. F3 Mr. Ludwig

1010 110 Gr. H1 Mr. Thomas

1010 111 Gr. H2 Mr. Thiel

1030 130 Gr. S1 Ms. Chmiel

1030 131 Gr. S2 Mr. Kaysers

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 659: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 659/740

5. Which company code does your sales organization belong to?

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Which currency is defined for this company code?

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales andDistribution → Assign sales organization to company code .

b) On the Change View “Assignment Sales Organization - Company Code”:Overview screen, the system displays the following data:

Company Code Company Name

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 660: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 660/740

p y p y

1000 IDES AG

c) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Definition → Financial Accounting → Edit, Copy, Delete, Check Company Code .

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

d) In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Edit Company Code Data .

e) On the Change View “Company Code”: Overview screen, double-click CompanyCode 1000 .

f) On the Change View “Company Code”: Details screen, the system displays thefollowing data:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Currency EUR

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 661: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 661/740

6. Enter the delivering plants that are assigned to the sales organization 1000 and thedistribution channel 10 in your data sheet.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales andDistribution → Assign sales organization - distribution channel - plant .

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

b) On the Change View “Assignment Sales Organization/Distribution Channel –Plant screen, choose the Position button and search for sales organization 1000and distribution channel 10 . The system displays the following data:

Plant Name 1 1000 Hamburg

1100 Berlin

1200 Dresden

1300 Frankfurt

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 662: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 662/740

Task 3

Optional:To meet the goal of establishing new sales possibilities, the management has approved a

project for establishing eSales as a new sales channel at your company. The management

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.wants to track the sales and revenues from these transactions separately. In addition,pricing procedures that are different from all other sales processes must be possible.Configure the new organizational units that you will need.

1. Create a new distribution channel for eSales.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 663: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 663/740

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

Hint:Use the Define distribution channel function. Do not use the Copy, delete, checkdistribution channel function.

Background:

The Define distribution channel function (only) creates a new distribution channel.The Copy, delete, check distribution channel function is a much more powerfulfunction and it allows you to copy all the distribution channel-specific settingsfrom the template. You can also perform this synchronization later. This function

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 664: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 664/740

is extremely useful in projects. However, in this course, you are responsible forperforming the corresponding Customizing steps yourself.

Distribution channel: Y = 70 + ## (for example, for group 19: Y = 70 + 19 = 89)Description: eSales ##

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Definition → Sales andDistribution → Define, copy, delete, check distribution channel .

b) In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Define distribution channel .

c) On the Change View “Distribution channels”: Overview screen, choose the NewEntries pushbutton.

d) Enter the following values:

Field Name or Data Type Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 665: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 665/740

Distribution Channel <70 + ##>Description <eSales ##>

e) Save your new distribution channel details.

2. A separate team of employees is being trained to process the orders that are

received through eSales. Organizationally, these employees will be grouped in a

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

sales office. Set up the new sales office Ze## eOffice ## for this group. Use thesales office 1000 as a template.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Definition → Sales and

Distribution → Maintain sales office .

b) Choose Sales office 1000 , and choose the Copy As pushbutton.

c) Enter sales office <ZE##> and description <eOffice ##>. Choose the Copypushbutton.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 666: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 666/740

d) On Edit address screen , choose the Copy pushbutton. In the Adjustment of Titleand Name dialog box, choose the Yes pushbutton.

e) Save your new sales office details.

Task 4

Optional:

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.Enhance the existing sales organization structures by integrating the new organizationalunits.

1. Assign the new distribution channel to your sales organization Z000 .

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales andDistribution → Assign distribution channel to sales organization .

b) On the Change View “Assignment Sales Organization - Distribution Channel”:Overview screen, choose the New Entries pushbutton.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 667: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 667/740

c) Enter the following values:Field Name or Data Type Value

SOrg . Z000

DChl <70 + ##>

d) Save your new distribution channel for your sales organization.

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

2. Build new sales areas with your sales organization Z000 ; the new distributionchannel; and the divisions 00 , 01 , and 07 .

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales and

Distribution → Set up sales area .

b) On the Change View “Assignment Sales Org. – Distribution Channel - Division” :screen, choose the New Entries pushbutton.

c) Enter the following values:

Sales Organization Distribution Channel Division

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 668: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 668/740

Z000 <70 + ##> 00

Z000 <70 + ##> 01

Z000 <70 + ##> 07

d) Save sales areas for your sales organization.

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

3. Ensure that deliveries for orders from the new sales areas can take place at yourdistribution centers at the Hamburg , Dresden , and Stuttgart plants.

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales and

Distribution → Assign sales organization - distribution channel - plant .b) On the Change View “Assignment Sales Organization/Distribution Channel -

Plant screen, choose the New Entries pushbutton.

c) Enter the following values:

Sales Organization Distribution Channel Plant

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 669: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 669/740

Z000 <70 + ##> 1000

Z000 <70 + ##> 1200

Z000 <70 + ##> 1400

d) Save the plant for your sales organization.

Solution 43: Set Up Enterprise Structures.

4. Configure Customizing so that the orders that are entered for your new sales area Z000/ Y / 00 can be assigned to your new sales office ZE## eOffice ## .

a) Go to Customizing for Enterprise Structure under Assignment → Sales and

Distribution → Assign sales office to sales area .b) On the Change View “Assignment Sales office-sales area”: Overview screen,

choose the New Entries pushbutton.

c) Enter Z000 as the sales organization, <70 + ##> as the distribution channel, 00

as the division, and ZE## as the sales office.

TSCM60_1 Unit 11 Solution 43

Page 670: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 670/740

d) Save your entries.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Set up enterprise structures

TSCM60_1

Page 671: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 671/740

Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"You can assign a sales organization to multiple companycodes and plants."

TSCM60_1 Unit 11

Page 672: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 672/740

Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"You can assign a sales organization to multiple companycodes and plants."

False

TSCM60_1 Unit 11

Page 673: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 673/740

Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"Several company codes can use the same chart of accounts."

TSCM60_1 Unit 11

Page 674: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 674/740

Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"Several company codes can use the same chart of accounts."True

TSCM60_1 Unit 11

Page 675: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 675/740

Unit 12: Sales Order Processing

Lesson 1: Identifying Sources of Document Data

Lesson 2: Using Additional Functions During Sales Order Processing

Page 676: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 676/740

Lesson 1: Identifying Sources of Document Data

Lesson ObjectivesAfter completing this lesson, you will be able to:

● Identify the sources of document data

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 677: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 677/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 129: Sources of Document Data Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 678: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 678/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 130: Proposing Order Data from MasterData

Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 679: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 679/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 131: Sales Order Entry – Deriving the SalesArea

Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 680: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 680/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 132: Business Partners from the CustomerMaster

Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 681: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 681/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 133: Proposing Order Data from theCustomer Master

Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 682: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 682/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 134: Business Data Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 683: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 683/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 135: Proposing Plants Automatically Unit 12 Lesson 1

Page 684: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 684/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.Business Example

To optimize the entry and processing of sales documents, you are required to enter only afew items when creating sales documents. The majority of the information must be copiedfrom the master data.Identify how master data is proposed in sales documents.

Task 1

1. Create a standard order for the product T-ATC## (1 unit) with the purchase ordernumber ##LO605-OR03 . Do not specify the sales area (delete any value that is

suggested by the system). The ship-to party isT-S62F##

.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 685: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 685/740

2. Which sold-to party does the system determine?

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Sold-to party:

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 686: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 686/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

3. Which sales area does the system determine?

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 687: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 687/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Sales area:

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 688: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 688/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Where does the system find this information?

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 689: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 689/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Task 2

Your customer T-S62A## places an order with you. The customer wants the delivery to

take place in two weeks. The purchase order number is ##LO605-OR04 .

1. Enter an item for 5 pieces of the material T-ATC## .You offer the following terms of payment to your customer for this item: 14 days 3%, 30 days 2%, 45 days net .

Terms of payment:

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 690: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 690/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

2. Enter another item for 20 units of the material T-ATD## . This item has differentterms of payment: 20 days 2%, 30 days net .This material must also be delivered to another address. Change the ship-to partyof this item to your customer T-S62B## .

Terms of payment:

3. Deliver the order on the delivery date that is requested by your customer.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 691: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 691/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

What message appears in the log?

Hint:If necessary, set the selection date for the delivery to two weeks from today.

4. Which delivering plant is determined by the system?

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 692: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 692/740

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Delivering plant for the material T-ATC## :

Delivering plant for the material T-ATD## :

5 Which master records does the system use to extract this information?

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 693: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 693/740

5. Which master records does the system use to extract this information?

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Task 3

1. Your plant 1000 contains stock for the material T-ATD## . When the customer T-

S62A## in the sales organization 1000 and distribution channel 10 orders thecustomer-specific material, the material T-ATD## must be delivered from theplant 1000 . Save the agreement with your customer as a master record.Create a customer-specific material information record so that this material isalways taken from plant 1000 for this customer.

2. The customer manages this material with the number PC-M-## and descriptionPC-Monitor ## .

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 694: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 694/740

Enter these details into the customer-specific material information record.

3. You receive an order from the customer T-S62A## with the purchase ordernumber ##LO605OR05 . The customer orders 12 pieces of PC-Monitor ## , which

Exercise 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

the customer manages under the material number PC-M-## . The customer wantsto receive the delivery in two weeks. Create the sales order.Can you meet the requested delivery date? Which plant will be used to supply thedelivery?

Hint:You can use the Ordering Party overview screen to enter items with the purchaseorder numbers of the customer.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 44

Page 695: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 695/740

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.Business Example

To optimize the entry and processing of sales documents, you are required to enter only afew items when creating sales documents. The majority of the information must be copiedfrom the master data.Identify how master data is proposed in sales documents.

Task 1

1. Create a standard order for the product T-ATC## (1 unit) with the purchase ordernumber ##LO605-OR03 . Do not specify the sales area (delete any value that issuggested by the system). The ship-to party is T-S62F## .

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales and Distribution

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 696: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 696/740

) y , g→ Sales → Order → Create (VA01 ).

b) On Create Sales Order: Initial Screen , enter OR in the Order Type field andchoose Enter .

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

c) On the Create Standard Order: Overview screen, enter the following data:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Ship-To Party T-S62F##

PO Number ##LO605-OR03

Material T-ATC##

Order Quantity 1

d) Choose Enter .

2. Which sold-to party does the system determine?

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 697: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 697/740

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Sold-to party:.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 698: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 698/740

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

a) The Sold-To Party field displays T-S62E## HiTech AG .

3. Which sales area does the system determine?

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 699: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 699/740

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Sales area:.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 700: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 700/740

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Where does the system find this information?.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 701: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 701/740

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

a) The Sales area field displays 1000/10/00 .The system determines the sold-to party from the ship-to party. The sales areais then determined from the sold-to party master record.

Task 2

Your customer T-S62A## places an order with you. The customer wants the delivery totake place in two weeks. The purchase order number is ##LO605-OR04 .

1. Enter an item for 5 pieces of the material T-ATC## .You offer the following terms of payment to your customer for this item:14 days 3% 30 days 2% 45 days net

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 702: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 702/740

14 days 3%, 30 days 2%, 45 days net .

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Terms of payment:

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales and Distribution→ Sales → Order → Create (VA01 ).

b) On Create Sales Order: Initial Screen , enter OR in the Order Type field andchoose Enter .

c) On the Create Standard Order: Overview screen, enter the following data:

Field Name or Data Type Value

ld T S62A##

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 703: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 703/740

Sold-To Party T-S62A##

PO Number ##LO605-OR04

Material T-ATC##

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Field Name or Data Type Value

Order Quantity 5

Payment terms ZB01

d) Choose Enter . The system displays the terms of payment as 14 days 3%, 30days 2%, 45 days net .

2. Enter another item for 20 units of the material T-ATD## . This item has differentterms of payment: 20 days 2%, 30 days net .

This material must also be delivered to another address. Change the ship-to partyof this item to your customer T-S62B## .

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 704: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 704/740

Terms of payment:

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

a) On the Create Standard Order: Overview screen, enter another material T-

ATD## with quantity 20 . Choose Enter .

b) Double-click to select the line item for the new material and go to the item

Partners tab page. Replace the existing ship-to party with T-S62B## . ChooseEnter . In the dialog boxes that appear, choose Continue . Redetermine theplant/shipping point.

c) Go to the item Billing Document tab page and replace the payment terms byZB03 .

d) Choose Enter . The system displays the terms of payment as 20 days 2%, 30days net .

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 705: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 705/740

e) Save the order.

3. Deliver the order on the delivery date that is requested by your customer.

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

What message appears in the log?

Hint:If necessary, set the selection date for the delivery to two weeks from today.

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales andDistribution → Shipping and Transportation → Outbound

Delivery →

Create →

Single Document →

With Reference to Sales Order(VL01N ).

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 706: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 706/740

b) On the Create Outbound Delivery with Order Reference screen, enter thefollowing data:

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Field Name or Data Type Value

Shipping point 1200

Selection date <current date + two weeks>

Order <the order number that wasgenerated by you in the previousstep>

c) Choose Enter .

d) Choose Error →

Log . There is a delivery split for both items because of differentroutes. The two order items are to be delivered to different ship-to parties;which means that each one has to be a separate delivery.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 707: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 707/740

which means that each one has to be a separate delivery.

4. Which delivering plant is determined by the system?

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Delivering plant for the material T-ATC## :

Delivering plant for the material T-ATD## :

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales andDistribution → Sales → Order → Display (VA03 ).

b) On Display Sales Order: Initial Screen , enter the order number that yougenerated. Choose Enter .

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 708: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 708/740

c) Select the item 10 and go to the item shipping. The Plnt field displays 1200 .

d) Select the item 20 and go to the item shipping. The Plnt field displays 1200 .

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

5. Which master records does the system use to extract this information?

Materials master records

Task 3

1. Your plant 1000 contains stock for the material T-ATD## . When the customer T-

S62A## in the sales organization 1000 and distribution channel 10 orders thecustomer-specific material, the material T-ATD## must be delivered from theplant 1000 . Save the agreement with your customer as a master record.Create a customer-specific material information record so that this material isalways taken from plant 1000 for this customer.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 709: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 709/740

y p

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales andDistribution → Master Data → Agreements → Customer MaterialInformation → Create (VD51 ).

b) On the Create Customer-Material Info Record screen, enter the following data:Field Name or Data Type Value

Customer T-S62A##

Sales Organization 1000

Distribution Channel 10

c) On Create Customer-Material Info Record: Overview Screen , enter the followingdata:

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 710: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 710/740

data:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Material no. T-ATD##

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Field Name or Data Type Value

Cust. material PC-M-##

d) Choose Enter .2. The customer manages this material with the number PC-M-## and description

PC-Monitor ## .Enter these details into the customer-specific material information record.

a) On Create Customer-Material Info Record: Overview Screen , choose the Info

record details pushbutton.b) On Create Customer-Material Info Record: Item Screen , enter the following data:

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 711: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 711/740

Field Name or Data Type Value

Customer Material PC-M-##

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.Field Name or Data Type Value

Customer description PC-Monitor ##

Plant 1000

c) Save the record.

3. You receive an order from the customer T-S62A## with the purchase ordernumber ##LO605OR05 . The customer orders 12 pieces of PC-Monitor ## , whichthe customer manages under the material number PC-M-## . The customer wantsto receive the delivery in two weeks. Create the sales order.Can you meet the requested delivery date? Which plant will be used to supply thedelivery?

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 712: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 712/740

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.

Hint:You can use the Ordering Party overview screen to enter items with the purchaseorder numbers of the customer.

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales andDistribution → Sales → Order → Create (VA01 ).

b) On Create Sales Order: Initial Screen , enter OR in the Order Type field andchoose Enter .

c) On the Create Standard Order: Overview screen, enter the following data:Field Name or Data Type Value

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 713: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 713/740

Sold-To Party T-S62A##

PO Number ##LO605-OR05

Solution 44: Identify Sources of Document Data.Field Name or Data Type Value

Req. deliv.date <current date + two weeks>

d) On theOrdering party

tab page, enter the following data:Field Name or Data Type Value

Customer Material Number PC-M-##

Order Quantity 12

e) Choose Enter . The system displays the plant as 1000 . The requested deliverydate can be met.

f) Save the order

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 44

Page 714: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 714/740

f) Save the order.

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Identify the sources of document data

TSCM60_1

Page 715: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 715/740

Page 716: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 716/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 136: Sales Summary Unit 12 Lesson 2

Page 717: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 717/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 137: Changes to Sales Documents Unit 12 Lesson 2

Page 718: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 718/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 138: Blocks Unit 12 Lesson 2

Page 719: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 719/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 139: Item Rejection Unit 12 Lesson 2

Page 720: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 720/740

TSCM60_1 Figure 140: Changes to the Sold-To Party in theSales Document

Unit 12 Lesson 2

Page 721: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 721/740

Exercise 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.Business ExampleYour company has implemented the SAP system. As an employee who is responsible forsales order processing, you need to create sales documents. To optimize the process, youmust be required to enter only a few items when creating sales documents and themajority of the information must be copied from the master data.Add another order item to the standard order that is created with reference to thepurchase order number ##LO605-OR05 . Reject the first order item with the purchaseorder number ##LO605-OR05 by entering a relevant reason for rejection.

Task 1Your customer informs you that they would like to add materials to their purchase ordernumber ##LO605-OR05 .

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 45

Page 722: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 722/740

1. Enter another item for 16 units of the material T-ATE## . The delivery date is twoweeks from today.

Exercise 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

Task 2

Your customer can get the first order item of the document ##LO605-OR05 for a betterprice somewhere else. Therefore, they reject this item.

1. Cancel this item by entering the relevant reason for rejection.

2. Display the delivery and rejection status for the order.

3. Create a delivery for this order by using the shipping point 1200 . The delivery dateis two weeks from today. Decrease the quantity of the first item in the delivery byhalf.Save the delivery. Check the status of the order.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Exercise 45

Page 723: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 723/740

y

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.Business ExampleYour company has implemented the SAP system. As an employee who is responsible forsales order processing, you need to create sales documents. To optimize the process, you

must be required to enter only a few items when creating sales documents and themajority of the information must be copied from the master data.Add another order item to the standard order that is created with reference to thepurchase order number ##LO605-OR05 . Reject the first order item with the purchaseorder number ##LO605-OR05 by entering a relevant reason for rejection.

Task 1Your customer informs you that they would like to add materials to their purchase ordernumber ##LO605-OR05 .

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 724: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 724/740

1. Enter another item for 16 units of the material T-ATE## . The delivery date is twoweeks from today.

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales andDistribution → Sales → Order → Change (VA02 ).

b) Enter the purchase order number ##LO605-OR05 and choose the Searchpushbutton. Select the sales order that you created in the previous exercise.

c) On the Change Sales Order screen, enter another material T-ATE## with 16 asthe quantity.

d) Choose Enter .

Task 2

Y h fi d i f h d ##LO605 OR05 f b

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 725: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 725/740

Your customer can get the first order item of the document ##LO605-OR05 for a betterprice somewhere else. Therefore, they reject this item.

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

1. Cancel this item by entering the relevant reason for rejection.

a) On the Create Standard Order: Overview screen, choose the Reason for rejectiontab page.

b) For the material T-ATD## , select 03 Too expensive in the Reason for rejectioncolumn.

c) Save the sales order.

2. Display the delivery and rejection status for the order.

a) On Display Sales Order: Initial Screen , in the Order field, enter the order numberof the order that you created.

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 726: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 726/740

b) Choose the Status overview pushbutton.

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

c) On the Sales Order: Status Overview screen, choose the Expand all pushbutton.The following information is displayed:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Total processing Being processed

Header Status: Delivery Not delivered

Header status: Reject Partially rejected

For item 10, the following information is displayed:

Field Name or Data Type ValueTotal processing Completed

Item Delivery status Not delivered

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 727: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 727/740

Item - Delivery status Not delivered

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

Field Name or Data Type Value

Item - Rejection status Fully rejected

For item 20, the following information is displayed:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Total processing Open

Item - Delivery status Not delivered

Item - Rejection status Nothing rejected

3. Create a delivery for this order by using the shipping point 1200 . The delivery dateis two weeks from today. Decrease the quantity of the first item in the delivery by

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 728: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 728/740

is two weeks from today. Decrease the quantity of the first item in the delivery byhalf.Save the delivery. Check the status of the order.

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales andDistribution → Shipping and Transportation → OutboundDelivery → Create → Single Document → With Reference to Sales Order

(VL01N ).b) On the Create Outbound Delivery with Order Reference screen, enter the

following values:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Shipping Point 1200

Selection date <two weeks from current date>Order <enter the order number of the

order that you created>

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 729: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 729/740

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

c) Choose Enter .

d) On the Delivery Create: Overview screen, enter the following values:

Field Name or Data Type Value Material T-ATE##

Deliv. Qty 8

e) Save the delivery and exit.

f) On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Logistics → Sales andDistribution → Sales → Order → Display (VA03 ).

g) On Display Sales Order: Initial Screen , in the Order field, enter the order number

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 730: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 730/740

g) p y , ,of the order that you created. Choose the Status overview pushbutton.

Solution 45: Use Additional Functions During Sales OrderProcessing.

h) On the Sales Order: Status Overview screen, choose the Expand all pushbutton.The following information is displayed for item 10:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Total processing CompletedHeader - Delivery status Not delivered

For item 20, the following information is displayed:

Field Name or Data Type Value

Total processing Being processedHeader - Delivery status Partially delivered

TSCM60_1 Unit 12 Solution 45

Page 731: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 731/740

SummaryYou should now be able to:

● Use additional functions during sales order processing

TSCM60_1

Page 732: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 732/740

Which of the following business partners are essential for a sales transaction?

Choose the correct answers.

A. Sold-to party

B. Contact person

C. Ship-to party

D. Forwarding Agent

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 733: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 733/740

Which of the following business partners are essential for a sales transaction?

A. Sold-to party

C. Ship-to party

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 734: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 734/740

Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"The shipping conditions of a sales order are copied fromthe...."

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 735: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 735/740

Determine whether this statement is true or false.

"The shipping conditions of a sales order are copied fromthe...."True

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 736: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 736/740

During the determination of the delivering plant, the system checks the _______ first.

Choose the correct answer.

A. Customer Material Information Record

B. Customer Master Record

C. Material Master Record

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 737: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 737/740

During the determination of the delivering plant, the system checks the _______ first.

A. Customer Material Information Record

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 738: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 738/740

On which levels can a billing block be set in a sales document?

Choose the correct answers.

A. Header level

B. Item level

C. Schedule line level

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 739: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 739/740

On which levels can a billing block be set in a sales document?

A. Header level

B. Item level

TSCM60_1 Unit 12

Page 740: Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

8/18/2019 Tscm60 1 en Col10 Ilt Fv Show

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tscm60-1-en-col10-ilt-fv-show 740/740